1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
70 #include "dummy-frame.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype,
122 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
143 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
144 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
149 struct symtab_and_line,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153 static struct breakpoint *
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
165 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
166 struct obj_section *, int);
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
169 struct bp_location *loc2);
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
172 struct address_space *aspace,
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
200 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
212 int *other_type_used);
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
221 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
232 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
233 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
235 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
237 static void update_global_location_list (int);
239 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
241 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
243 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
245 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
247 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
249 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
251 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
253 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
255 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
257 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
259 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
261 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
263 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
266 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
268 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
270 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
272 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
273 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
274 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
277 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
280 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
283 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
288 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
290 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
293 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
294 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
296 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
297 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
298 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
299 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
300 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
301 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
303 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
304 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
305 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
306 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
312 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
314 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
315 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
316 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
317 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
319 static char *dprintf_function = "";
321 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
322 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
323 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
324 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
325 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
326 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
327 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
329 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
331 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
333 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
335 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
336 breakpoints share a single command list. */
337 struct counted_command_line
339 /* The reference count. */
342 /* The command list. */
343 struct command_line *commands;
346 struct command_line *
347 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
349 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
352 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
353 current breakpoint. */
355 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
358 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
360 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
361 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
363 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
365 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
368 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
369 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
370 if such is available. */
371 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
374 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
375 struct cmd_list_element *c,
378 fprintf_filtered (file,
379 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
380 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
384 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
385 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
386 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
387 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
388 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
390 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
391 struct cmd_list_element *c,
394 fprintf_filtered (file,
395 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
396 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
400 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
401 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
402 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
403 use hardware breakpoints. */
404 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
406 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
407 struct cmd_list_element *c,
410 fprintf_filtered (file,
411 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
415 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
416 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
417 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
418 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
419 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
421 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
424 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
425 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
427 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
428 fprintf_filtered (file,
429 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
430 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
432 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
434 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
439 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
441 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
442 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
445 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
447 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
448 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
449 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
450 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
451 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
452 condition_evaluation_auto,
453 condition_evaluation_host,
454 condition_evaluation_target,
458 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
459 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
461 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
462 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
463 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
465 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
466 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
467 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
471 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
473 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
475 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
476 return condition_evaluation_target;
478 return condition_evaluation_host;
484 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
487 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
489 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
492 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
496 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
498 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
500 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
503 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
505 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
506 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
508 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
509 static int overlay_events_enabled;
511 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
512 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
514 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
515 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
516 current breakpoint. */
518 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
520 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
521 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
522 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
525 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
526 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
527 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
529 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
530 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
531 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
534 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
535 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
536 to where the loop should start from.
537 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
538 appropriate location to start with. */
540 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
541 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
542 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
544 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
545 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
548 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
550 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
551 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
552 if (is_tracepoint (B))
554 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
556 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
558 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
560 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
562 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
564 static unsigned bp_location_count;
566 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
567 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
568 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
569 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
570 an address you need to read. */
572 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
574 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
575 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
576 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
577 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
578 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
580 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
582 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
583 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
585 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
587 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
589 static int breakpoint_count;
591 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
592 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
593 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
594 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
595 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
597 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
599 static int tracepoint_count;
601 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
602 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
603 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
605 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
607 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
609 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
612 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
615 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
617 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
618 breakpoint_count = num;
619 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
622 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
623 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
624 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
626 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
630 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
632 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
635 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
639 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
644 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
647 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
649 struct breakpoint *b;
655 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
656 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
658 static struct counted_command_line *
659 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
661 struct counted_command_line *result
662 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
665 result->commands = commands;
669 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
672 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
678 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
679 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
680 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
683 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
687 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
689 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
696 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
699 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
701 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
704 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
707 static struct cleanup *
708 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
710 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
714 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
715 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
718 get_breakpoint (int num)
720 struct breakpoint *b;
723 if (b->number == num)
731 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
732 evaluating conditions on its side. */
735 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
737 struct bp_location *loc;
739 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
740 evaluating conditions and if the user has
741 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
743 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
744 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
747 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
750 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
751 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
754 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
755 evaluating conditions on its side. */
758 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
760 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
761 evaluating conditions and if the user has
762 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
764 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
765 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
769 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
772 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
775 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
776 condition_evaluation_mode. */
779 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
780 struct cmd_list_element *c)
782 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
784 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
785 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
787 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
788 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
789 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
793 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
794 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
796 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
797 settings was "auto". */
798 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
800 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
801 if (new_mode != old_mode)
803 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
804 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
805 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
807 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
808 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
811 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
813 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
815 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
816 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
820 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
821 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
822 target knows about. */
823 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
824 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
825 loc->needs_update = 1;
829 update_global_location_list (1);
835 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
836 what "auto" is translating to. */
839 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
840 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
842 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
843 fprintf_filtered (file,
844 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
845 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
847 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
849 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
853 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
854 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
855 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
858 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
860 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
861 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
863 if (a->address == b->address)
866 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
869 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
870 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
871 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
874 static struct bp_location **
875 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
877 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
878 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
879 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
881 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
882 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
883 dummy_loc.address = address;
885 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
886 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
887 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
888 bp_location_compare_addrs);
890 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
891 if (locp_found == NULL)
894 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
895 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
896 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
897 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
904 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
907 xfree (b->cond_string);
908 b->cond_string = NULL;
910 if (is_watchpoint (b))
912 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
919 struct bp_location *loc;
921 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
926 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
927 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
928 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
935 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
939 const char *arg = exp;
941 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
942 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
943 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
944 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
946 if (is_watchpoint (b))
948 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
950 innermost_block = NULL;
952 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
954 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
955 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
959 struct bp_location *loc;
961 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
965 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
966 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
972 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
974 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
977 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
979 static VEC (char_ptr) *
980 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
981 const char *text, const char *word)
985 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
986 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
990 struct breakpoint *b;
991 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
995 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
996 if (isdigit (text[1]))
998 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1001 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1002 len = strlen (text);
1008 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1010 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1011 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1017 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1018 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1019 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1022 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1025 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1027 struct breakpoint *b;
1032 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1035 bnum = get_number (&p);
1037 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1040 if (b->number == bnum)
1042 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1043 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1044 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1045 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1046 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1048 if (extlang != NULL)
1050 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1051 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1052 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1054 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1056 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1057 update_global_location_list (1);
1062 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1065 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1066 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1067 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1070 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1072 struct command_line *c;
1074 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1078 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1079 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1080 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1082 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1083 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1085 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1086 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1087 command directly. */
1088 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1089 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1091 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1092 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1096 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1099 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1101 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1102 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1103 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1107 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1109 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1112 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1113 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1117 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1118 struct command_line *commands)
1120 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1122 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1123 struct command_line *c;
1124 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1126 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1127 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1131 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1132 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1133 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1134 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1135 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1136 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1137 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1138 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1139 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1140 tracepoint's context. */
1141 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1143 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1145 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1146 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1147 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1148 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1149 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1150 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1153 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1154 "can be used only once"));
1159 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1163 struct command_line *c2;
1165 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1166 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1167 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1169 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1170 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1176 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1180 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1181 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1184 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1186 struct breakpoint *b;
1187 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1188 struct bp_location *loc;
1191 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1193 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1194 if (loc->address == addr)
1195 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1201 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1202 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1205 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1206 struct command_line *commands)
1208 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1210 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1211 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1212 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1215 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1216 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1220 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1222 int old_silent = b->silent;
1225 if (old_silent != silent)
1226 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1229 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1230 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1233 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1235 int old_thread = b->thread;
1238 if (old_thread != thread)
1239 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1242 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1243 breakpoint work for any task. */
1246 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1248 int old_task = b->task;
1251 if (old_task != task)
1252 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1256 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1258 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1260 validate_actionline (line, b);
1263 /* A structure used to pass information through
1264 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1266 struct commands_info
1268 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1271 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1274 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1275 already-parsed command. */
1276 struct command_line *control;
1278 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1280 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1283 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1284 commands_command. */
1287 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1289 struct commands_info *info = data;
1291 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1293 struct command_line *l;
1295 if (info->control != NULL)
1296 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1299 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1302 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1303 "%s, one per line."),
1306 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1308 l = read_command_lines (str,
1311 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1314 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1317 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1320 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1322 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1324 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1325 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1326 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1327 b->commands = info->cmd;
1328 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1333 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1334 struct command_line *control)
1336 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1337 struct commands_info info;
1339 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1340 info.control = control;
1342 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1343 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1344 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1346 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1348 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1349 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1351 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1352 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1355 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1356 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1357 numbers will fail in this case. */
1362 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1364 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1367 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1371 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1373 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1374 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1376 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1380 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1382 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1385 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1386 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1388 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1389 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1390 enum command_control_type
1391 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1393 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1394 return simple_control;
1397 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1400 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1402 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1406 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1407 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1412 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1413 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1415 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1416 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1417 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1419 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1420 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1421 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1422 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1423 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1424 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1425 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1426 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1428 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1431 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1432 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1433 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1435 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1437 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1439 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1440 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1441 report higher one. */
1444 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1445 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1447 struct bp_location *bl;
1449 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1450 bl = bp_location[bc];
1452 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1453 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1454 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1455 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1457 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1458 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1459 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1461 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1463 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1471 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1472 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1473 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1474 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1477 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1479 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1480 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1481 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1484 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1487 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1489 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1491 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1492 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1496 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1497 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1498 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1501 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1504 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1505 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1506 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1509 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1511 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1512 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1515 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1517 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1518 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1520 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1521 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1525 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1530 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1531 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1533 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1534 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1535 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1539 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1541 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1542 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1545 if (readbuf != NULL)
1547 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1548 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1549 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1550 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1551 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1553 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1555 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1556 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1560 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1561 const unsigned char *bp;
1562 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1563 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1565 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1566 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1567 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1569 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1571 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1573 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1574 breakpoint's INSN. */
1575 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1581 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1585 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1587 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1588 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1589 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1592 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1595 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1597 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1598 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1599 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1602 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1606 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1608 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1609 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1612 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1613 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1614 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1615 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1616 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1617 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1618 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1619 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1622 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1624 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1625 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1626 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1627 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1630 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1631 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1634 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1636 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1638 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1640 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1641 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1642 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1643 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1644 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1646 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1649 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1650 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1651 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1652 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1654 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1656 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1657 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1660 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1661 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1662 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1663 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1664 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1665 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1666 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1667 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1669 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1670 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1671 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1672 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1673 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1674 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1675 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1676 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1679 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1680 hardware watchpoints:
1682 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1683 called several times when GDB stops.
1686 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1687 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1688 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1689 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1690 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1691 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1692 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1693 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1694 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1695 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1696 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1698 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1699 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1702 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1704 int within_current_scope;
1705 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1708 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1709 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1710 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1711 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1714 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1719 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1720 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1721 within_current_scope = 1;
1724 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1725 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1726 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1728 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1729 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1730 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1731 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1734 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1735 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1736 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1737 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1740 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1742 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1743 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1744 if (within_current_scope)
1748 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1749 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1750 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1753 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1762 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1763 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1764 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1765 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1766 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1767 be completely different objects. */
1768 value_free (b->val);
1772 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1773 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1774 locations (re)created below. */
1775 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1777 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1779 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1783 s = b->base.cond_string;
1784 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1788 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1789 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1790 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1791 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1792 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1793 if (!target_has_execution)
1795 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1796 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1797 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1798 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1800 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1801 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1803 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1804 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1807 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1810 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1811 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1813 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1815 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1816 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1817 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1818 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1819 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1821 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1827 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1829 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1830 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1832 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1833 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1834 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1835 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1836 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1837 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1838 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1840 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1842 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1843 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1844 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1846 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1847 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1851 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1853 addr = value_address (v);
1855 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1857 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1860 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1861 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1864 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1866 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1867 loc->address = addr;
1868 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1869 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1874 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1875 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1876 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1881 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1882 struct bp_location *bl;
1884 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1888 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1891 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1892 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1893 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1895 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1896 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1897 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1898 this watchpoint in as well. */
1900 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1901 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1902 hardware watchpoint type. */
1903 type = b->base.type;
1904 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1905 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1907 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1908 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1909 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1910 through watch_command), so always account for it
1913 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1914 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1916 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1917 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1920 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1921 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1923 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1925 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1927 "hardware watchpoint."));
1928 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1929 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1930 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1932 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1933 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1937 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1938 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1939 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1941 b->base.type = type;
1944 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1946 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1947 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1948 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1950 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1951 "read/access watchpoint."));
1954 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1956 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1957 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1958 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1959 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1962 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1964 next = value_next (v);
1969 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1970 above left it without any location set up. But,
1971 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1972 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1973 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1975 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1976 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1977 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1978 base->loc->address = -1;
1979 base->loc->length = -1;
1980 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1983 else if (!within_current_scope)
1985 printf_filtered (_("\
1986 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1987 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1989 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1992 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1994 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1998 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1999 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2000 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2001 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2002 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2004 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2006 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2009 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2012 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2015 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2018 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2019 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2020 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2021 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2022 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2023 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2024 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2025 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2026 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2029 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2031 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2032 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2033 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2040 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2041 that the location is not duplicated. */
2044 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2047 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2050 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2051 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2055 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2056 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2057 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2058 any error during parsing. */
2060 static struct agent_expr *
2061 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2063 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2064 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2069 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2070 that may show up. */
2071 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2073 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2078 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2079 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2080 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2084 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2088 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2089 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2090 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2091 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2092 one of them is true. */
2095 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2097 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2098 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2099 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2100 struct bp_location *loc;
2102 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2103 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2105 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2106 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2107 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2109 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2110 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2113 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2114 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2115 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2116 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2117 response back to GDB. */
2118 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2121 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2125 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2127 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2128 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2129 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2130 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2131 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2132 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2134 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2135 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2141 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2142 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2143 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2145 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2151 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2152 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2153 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2155 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2156 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2157 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2159 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2162 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2164 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2166 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2169 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2170 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2175 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2176 for this location's address. */
2177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2181 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2182 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2183 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2185 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2186 conditions to the target. */
2187 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2188 loc->cond_bytecode);
2194 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2195 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2196 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2198 static struct agent_expr *
2199 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2201 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2202 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2203 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2204 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2205 const char *cmdrest;
2206 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2207 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2209 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2216 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2218 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2220 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2221 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2223 format_start = cmdrest;
2225 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2227 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2229 format_end = cmdrest;
2231 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2232 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2234 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2236 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2237 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2239 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2241 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2243 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2245 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2246 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2249 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2254 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2255 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2257 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2261 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2262 that may show up. */
2263 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2265 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2266 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2267 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2270 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2274 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2275 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2276 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2280 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2284 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2285 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2286 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2289 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2291 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2292 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2293 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2294 struct bp_location *loc;
2296 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2297 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2299 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2300 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2301 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2304 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2307 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2308 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2309 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2310 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2311 response back to GDB. */
2312 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2315 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2319 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2321 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2322 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2323 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2324 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2325 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2326 loc->owner->extra_string);
2327 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2333 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2334 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2335 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2337 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2343 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2345 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2350 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2351 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2353 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2355 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2358 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2359 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2364 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2365 for this location's address. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2369 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2370 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2371 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2372 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2374 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2375 to send the commands to the target. */
2376 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2380 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2381 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2382 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2383 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2386 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2387 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2388 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2389 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2392 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2393 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2395 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2396 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2397 int *disabled_breaks,
2398 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2399 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2401 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2402 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2403 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2405 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2408 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2409 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2410 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2411 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2412 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2413 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2414 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2415 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2416 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2417 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2418 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2419 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2421 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2422 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2423 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2424 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2426 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2428 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2429 build_target_command_list (bl);
2430 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2431 bl->needs_update = 0;
2434 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2435 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2437 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2439 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2440 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2441 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2443 Two important cases are:
2444 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2445 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2446 hardware breakpoint.
2447 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2448 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2449 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2452 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2453 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2454 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2455 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2457 struct mem_region *mr
2458 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2462 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2464 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2466 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2467 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2469 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2471 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2473 static int said = 0;
2475 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2478 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2479 _("Note: automatically using "
2480 "hardware breakpoints for "
2481 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2486 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2487 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2488 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2489 "at readonly address %s"),
2490 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2494 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2495 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2496 || bl->section == NULL
2497 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2499 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2500 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2504 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2506 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2511 bp_err_message = e.message;
2516 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2517 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2518 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2520 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2521 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2522 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2523 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2524 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2528 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2530 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2531 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2532 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2534 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2535 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2539 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2540 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2542 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2547 bp_err_message = e.message;
2550 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2551 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2552 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2553 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2557 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2558 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2560 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2561 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2565 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2567 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2572 bp_err_message = e.message;
2577 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2578 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2583 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2585 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2587 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2588 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2589 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2590 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2591 breakpoint insertion themselves (necessary if this is a
2592 HW breakpoint, but SW breakpoints likewise) can't tell
2593 why the breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote
2594 target doesn't define error codes), so we must treat
2595 generic errors as memory errors. */
2596 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2597 && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2599 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2600 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2601 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2602 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2604 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2605 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2607 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2608 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2609 "library breakpoints:\n");
2611 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2612 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2613 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2618 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2620 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2621 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2622 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2623 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2624 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2625 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2626 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2630 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2633 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2634 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2635 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2637 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2638 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2640 bl->owner->number, message);
2641 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2645 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2646 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2661 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2662 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2663 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2664 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2668 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2669 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2671 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2673 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2674 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2675 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2677 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2679 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2680 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2682 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2684 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2685 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2689 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2690 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2697 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2698 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2701 /* Back to the original value. */
2702 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2706 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2709 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2713 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2714 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2716 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2719 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2723 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2724 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2726 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2729 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2731 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2732 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2733 so just return success. */
2740 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2741 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2745 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2747 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2748 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2750 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2753 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2754 delete_breakpoint (b);
2757 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2758 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2759 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2761 struct bp_location *tmp;
2763 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2765 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2766 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2767 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2769 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2770 if (tmp->next == loc)
2772 tmp->next = loc->next;
2778 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2779 removed locations above. */
2780 update_global_location_list (0);
2783 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2784 Throws exception on any error.
2785 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2786 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2788 insert_breakpoints (void)
2790 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2792 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2793 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2795 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2797 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2800 update_global_location_list (1);
2802 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2803 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2805 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2806 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2809 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2812 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2814 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2816 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2818 callback (loc, NULL);
2822 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2823 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2824 always-inserted mode. */
2827 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2829 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2832 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2833 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2834 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2836 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2837 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2839 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2840 there was an error. */
2841 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2843 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2847 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2849 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2852 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2853 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2854 deletion of breakpoints. */
2855 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2858 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2860 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2861 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2862 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2863 insert breakpoints. */
2864 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2865 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2868 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2869 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2876 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2877 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2880 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2883 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2886 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2888 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2889 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2892 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2893 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2894 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2896 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2897 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2899 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2900 there was an error. */
2901 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2903 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2905 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2907 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2910 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2911 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2912 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2913 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2914 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2917 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2919 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2920 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2921 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2922 insert breakpoints. */
2923 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2924 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2927 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2928 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2933 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2934 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2937 int some_failed = 0;
2938 struct bp_location *loc;
2940 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2943 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2946 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2949 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2950 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2957 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2959 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2961 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2962 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2963 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2971 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2972 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2973 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2975 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2976 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2977 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2979 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2980 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2983 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2986 /* Used when the program stops.
2987 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2988 removing a breakpoint location. */
2991 remove_breakpoints (void)
2993 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2996 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2998 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2999 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3004 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3008 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3010 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3014 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3016 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3018 printf_filtered (_("\
3019 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3020 b->number, tp->num);
3022 /* Hide it from the user. */
3028 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3031 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3033 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3035 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3037 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3039 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3042 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3047 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3056 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3058 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3059 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3061 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3062 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3063 struct inferior *inf;
3064 struct thread_info *tp;
3066 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3070 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3071 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3073 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3075 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3076 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3078 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3080 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3086 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3089 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3094 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3098 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3100 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3101 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3102 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3103 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3104 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3105 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3107 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3110 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3113 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3114 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3118 static struct breakpoint *
3119 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3120 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3121 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3123 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3124 struct breakpoint *b;
3126 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3129 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3130 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3132 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3133 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3134 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3139 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3141 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3143 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3145 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3146 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3148 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3149 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3151 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3152 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3154 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3155 int longjmp_searched;
3157 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3158 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3160 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3161 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3163 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3164 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3166 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3167 int exception_searched;
3169 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3170 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3173 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3175 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3176 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3178 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3181 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3183 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3186 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3187 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3189 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3190 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3192 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3194 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3195 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3197 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3198 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3200 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3201 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3203 return bp_objfile_data;
3207 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3209 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3211 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3212 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3216 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3218 struct objfile *objfile;
3219 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3221 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3223 struct breakpoint *b;
3224 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3227 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3229 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3232 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3234 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3236 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3237 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3239 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3240 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3243 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3246 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3247 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3249 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3250 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3252 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3254 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3255 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3259 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3260 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3263 update_global_location_list (1);
3267 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3269 struct program_space *pspace;
3270 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3272 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3274 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3276 struct objfile *objfile;
3278 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3280 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3283 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3284 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3286 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3288 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3290 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3294 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3297 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3298 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3300 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3302 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3303 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3304 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3308 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3309 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3312 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3315 struct probe *probe;
3316 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3319 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3320 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3324 struct breakpoint *b;
3326 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3327 get_probe_address (probe,
3330 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3331 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3332 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3338 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3341 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3343 struct breakpoint *b;
3344 const char *func_name;
3347 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3350 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3351 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3353 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3355 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3356 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3358 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3359 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3362 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3365 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3366 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3367 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3368 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3369 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3373 update_global_location_list (1);
3375 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3378 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3380 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3382 struct program_space *pspace;
3383 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3384 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3386 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3388 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3390 struct objfile *objfile;
3393 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3395 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3397 struct breakpoint *b;
3398 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3400 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3402 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3405 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3407 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3409 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3410 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3411 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3413 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3414 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3417 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3420 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3421 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3422 bp_std_terminate_master,
3423 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3424 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3425 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3429 update_global_location_list (1);
3431 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3434 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3437 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3439 struct objfile *objfile;
3440 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3442 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3444 struct breakpoint *b;
3445 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3446 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3449 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3451 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3452 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3456 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3460 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3461 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3463 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3465 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3466 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3467 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3471 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3472 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3475 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3477 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3479 struct probe *probe;
3482 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3483 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3487 struct breakpoint *b;
3489 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3490 get_probe_address (probe,
3492 bp_exception_master,
3493 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3494 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3495 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3501 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3503 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3506 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3508 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3510 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3512 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3513 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3515 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3519 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3522 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3523 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3525 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3526 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3527 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3528 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3531 update_global_location_list (1);
3535 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3537 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3538 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3540 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3541 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3542 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3543 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3544 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3545 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3546 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3547 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3548 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3549 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3550 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3554 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3557 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3558 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3560 delete_breakpoint (b);
3564 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3565 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3567 delete_breakpoint (b);
3571 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3572 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3573 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3574 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3575 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3577 delete_breakpoint (b);
3581 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3582 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3584 delete_breakpoint (b);
3588 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3590 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3591 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3592 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3594 delete_breakpoint (b);
3598 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3600 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3601 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3602 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3603 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3607 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3608 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3609 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3610 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3611 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3612 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3614 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3615 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3616 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3617 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3618 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3619 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3620 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3622 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3623 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3624 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3625 let finish_command delete it.
3627 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3628 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3629 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3630 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3631 solib breakpoints.) */
3633 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3638 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3639 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3641 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3643 delete_breakpoint (b);
3647 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3648 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3649 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3650 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3651 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3655 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3657 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3659 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3660 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3662 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3663 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3665 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3666 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3667 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3669 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3672 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3673 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3674 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3675 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3676 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3677 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3678 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3682 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3685 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3686 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3688 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3692 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3693 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3694 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3695 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3696 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3699 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3703 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3704 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3706 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3707 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3710 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3711 This should not ever happen. */
3712 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3714 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3715 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3717 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3718 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3719 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3721 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3722 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3723 || bl->section == NULL
3724 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3726 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3727 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3731 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3732 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3733 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3735 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3736 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3738 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3739 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3740 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3741 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3742 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3744 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3745 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3747 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3748 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3751 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3752 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3753 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3754 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3756 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3757 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3758 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3759 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3760 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3761 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3767 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3772 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3773 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3774 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3775 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3780 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3782 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3784 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3785 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3787 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3788 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3790 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3791 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3792 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3795 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3796 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3799 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3800 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3802 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3806 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3813 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3816 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3818 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3819 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3821 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3822 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3825 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3826 This should not ever happen. */
3827 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3829 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3831 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3833 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3835 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3839 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3842 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3844 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3847 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3851 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3852 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3854 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3857 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3858 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3859 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3864 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3866 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3867 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3869 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3871 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3873 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3876 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3878 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3879 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3880 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3884 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3886 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3892 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3894 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3895 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3898 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3900 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3902 case bp_shlib_event:
3904 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3905 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3906 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3907 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3908 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3910 (gdb) file prog-linux
3911 (gdb) run # native linux target
3914 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3915 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3918 case bp_step_resume:
3920 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3922 delete_breakpoint (b);
3926 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3927 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3928 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3930 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3932 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3933 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3934 delete_breakpoint (b);
3935 else if (context == inf_starting)
3937 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3938 insert_breakpoints. */
3940 value_free (w->val);
3951 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3952 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3953 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3954 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3957 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3958 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3959 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3960 match, not program space. */
3962 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3963 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3964 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3965 permanent breakpoint.
3966 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3967 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3968 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3969 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3970 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3972 enum breakpoint_here
3973 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3975 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3976 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3978 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3980 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3981 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3984 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3985 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3986 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3987 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3989 if (overlay_debugging
3990 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3991 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3992 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3993 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3994 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3996 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4000 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4003 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4006 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4008 struct bp_location *loc;
4011 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4012 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4018 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4019 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4020 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4021 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4024 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4027 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4029 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4031 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4032 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4036 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4038 if (overlay_debugging
4039 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4040 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4041 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4049 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4050 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4053 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4055 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4058 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4064 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4068 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4071 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4073 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4075 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4079 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4082 if (overlay_debugging
4083 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4084 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4085 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4091 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4092 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4099 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4100 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4102 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4104 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4106 struct bp_location *loc;
4108 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4109 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4112 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4115 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4116 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4120 /* Check for intersection. */
4121 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4122 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4130 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4131 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4134 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4137 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4138 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4144 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4145 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4148 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4149 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4150 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4153 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4156 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4158 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4159 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4160 it is now time to do so. */
4162 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4163 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4167 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4169 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4170 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4171 it is now time to do so. */
4173 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4174 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4178 if (overlay_debugging
4179 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4180 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4181 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4190 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4194 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4196 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4199 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4203 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4205 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4206 value_free (bs->old_val);
4207 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4208 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4212 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4213 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4216 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4233 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4234 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4237 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4241 bpstat retval = NULL;
4246 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4248 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4249 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4250 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4251 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4252 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4254 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4255 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4259 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4269 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4272 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4277 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4279 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4285 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4288 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4290 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4292 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4294 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4296 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4301 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4310 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4311 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4312 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4313 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4315 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4316 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4318 Return 1 otherwise. */
4321 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4323 struct breakpoint *b;
4326 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4328 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4329 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4330 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4331 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4332 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4334 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4336 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4340 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4343 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4345 struct thread_info *tp;
4348 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4351 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4355 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4357 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4359 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4361 value_free (bs->old_val);
4367 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4370 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4372 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4374 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4376 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4377 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4378 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4379 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4380 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4384 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4387 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4390 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4392 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4395 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4396 or its equivalent. */
4399 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4401 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4402 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4405 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4406 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4407 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4408 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4410 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4411 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4412 bpstat of the current thread. */
4415 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4418 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4421 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4423 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4426 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4427 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4429 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4431 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4434 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4435 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4437 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4438 struct command_line *cmd;
4439 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4441 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4443 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4444 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4445 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4446 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4447 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4448 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4449 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4450 the tree when we're done. */
4451 ccmd = bs->commands;
4452 bs->commands = NULL;
4453 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4454 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4455 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4457 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4463 execute_control_command (cmd);
4465 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4471 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4472 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4474 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4476 if (target_can_async_p ())
4477 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4478 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4479 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4482 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4483 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4484 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4485 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4486 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4487 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4488 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4489 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4490 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4491 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4492 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4493 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4494 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4499 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4504 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4506 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4508 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4509 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4510 && target_has_execution
4511 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4512 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4513 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4514 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4515 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4516 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4517 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4520 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4523 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4526 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4529 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4532 struct value_print_options opts;
4533 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4534 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4538 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4539 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4540 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4541 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4544 static enum print_stop_action
4545 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4547 switch (bs->print_it)
4550 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4551 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4555 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4556 relevant messages. */
4557 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4560 case print_it_normal:
4562 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4564 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4565 which has since been deleted. */
4567 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4569 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4570 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4575 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4576 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4581 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4584 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4587 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4589 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4593 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4594 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4595 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4597 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4598 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4599 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4602 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4603 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4604 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4608 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4612 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4613 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4616 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4621 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4622 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4623 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4626 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4631 struct so_list *iter;
4633 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4635 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4636 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4639 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4644 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4645 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4646 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4649 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4653 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4654 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4655 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4656 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4657 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4658 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4659 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4662 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4663 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4664 code to print the location. An example is
4665 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4667 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4668 to also print the location part of the message.
4669 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4670 don't require a location appended to the end.
4671 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4672 further info to be printed. */
4674 enum print_stop_action
4675 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4679 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4680 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4681 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4682 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4683 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4685 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4686 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4687 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4688 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4692 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4693 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4694 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4695 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4697 print_solib_event (0);
4698 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4701 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4702 with and nothing was printed. */
4703 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4706 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4707 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4708 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4709 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4710 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4711 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4714 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4716 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4717 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4719 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4723 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4726 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4730 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4732 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4733 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4734 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4735 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4736 incref_bp_location (bl);
4737 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4738 bs->commands = NULL;
4740 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4744 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4745 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4748 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4750 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4752 struct breakpoint *b;
4754 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4756 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4757 as not triggered. */
4759 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4761 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4763 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4769 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4771 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4772 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4774 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4776 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4778 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4784 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4785 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4789 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4791 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4792 struct bp_location *loc;
4794 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4795 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4797 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4799 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4800 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4802 if (newaddr == start)
4804 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4808 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4809 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4813 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4822 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4823 because of check_errors). */
4824 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4825 #define WP_DELETED 1
4826 /* The value has changed. */
4827 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4828 /* The value has not changed. */
4829 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4830 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4833 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4834 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4836 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4839 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4840 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4843 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4845 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4846 struct watchpoint *b;
4847 struct frame_info *fr;
4848 int within_current_scope;
4850 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4851 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4852 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4854 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4855 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4856 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4857 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4860 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4861 within_current_scope = 1;
4864 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4865 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4866 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4868 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4869 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4870 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4871 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4872 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4873 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4874 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4875 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4876 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4877 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4880 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4881 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4883 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4884 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4885 if (within_current_scope)
4887 struct symbol *function;
4889 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4890 if (function == NULL
4891 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4892 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4893 within_current_scope = 0;
4896 if (within_current_scope)
4897 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4898 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4903 if (within_current_scope)
4905 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4906 time before we return to the command level and call
4907 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4908 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4912 struct value *new_val;
4914 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4915 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4916 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4917 a mask watchpoint. */
4918 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4920 mark = value_mark ();
4921 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4923 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4924 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4925 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4926 not what we want. */
4927 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4928 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4930 if (new_val != NULL)
4932 release_value (new_val);
4933 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4935 bs->old_val = b->val;
4938 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4942 /* Nothing changed. */
4943 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4944 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4949 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4951 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4952 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4953 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4954 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4955 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4956 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4957 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4958 the first value assigned). */
4959 /* We print all the stop information in
4960 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4961 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4962 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4964 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4966 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4967 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4968 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4970 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4971 which its expression is valid.\n");
4973 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4974 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4975 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4981 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4982 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4983 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4986 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4987 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4988 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4990 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4992 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4993 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4995 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4998 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4999 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5002 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5004 const struct bp_location *bl;
5005 struct watchpoint *b;
5007 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5008 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5009 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5010 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5011 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5014 int must_check_value = 0;
5016 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5017 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5019 must_check_value = 1;
5020 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5021 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5022 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5024 must_check_value = 1;
5025 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5026 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5027 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5028 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5029 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5030 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5031 must_check_value = 1;
5033 if (must_check_value)
5036 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5038 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5039 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5041 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5045 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5046 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5050 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5053 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5054 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5056 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5058 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5059 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5060 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5061 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5062 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5063 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5064 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5067 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5068 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5071 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5072 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5073 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5074 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5076 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5077 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5078 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5081 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5082 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5083 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5084 changes. This still gives false positives when
5085 the program writes the same value to memory as
5086 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5087 it for a read), but it's much better than
5090 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5092 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5094 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5096 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5097 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5098 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5100 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5101 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5103 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5104 == watch_triggered_yes)
5106 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5112 if (other_write_watchpoint
5113 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5115 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5116 and the value changed since the last time we
5117 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5119 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5124 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5125 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5126 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5128 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5129 the value hasn't changed. */
5130 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5138 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5139 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5140 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5141 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5142 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5146 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5148 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5149 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5150 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5151 anything for this watchpoint. */
5152 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5158 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5159 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5160 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5161 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5164 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5166 const struct bp_location *bl;
5167 struct breakpoint *b;
5168 int value_is_zero = 0;
5169 struct expression *cond;
5171 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5173 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5174 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5175 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5176 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5177 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5179 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5180 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5181 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5183 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5184 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5190 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5191 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5193 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5194 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5201 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5203 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5205 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5207 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5214 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5216 int within_current_scope = 1;
5217 struct watchpoint * w;
5219 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5220 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5221 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5222 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5224 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5226 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5227 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5231 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5232 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5233 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5234 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5235 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5237 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5238 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5241 struct frame_info *frame;
5243 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5244 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5245 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5246 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5247 really matter which instantiation of the function
5248 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5249 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5250 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5251 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5252 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5253 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5254 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5255 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5257 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5259 select_frame (frame);
5261 within_current_scope = 0;
5263 if (within_current_scope)
5265 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5266 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5270 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5271 "in the current scope"));
5272 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5273 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5276 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5277 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5280 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5284 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5288 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5290 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5295 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5296 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5298 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5299 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5302 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5304 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5306 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5307 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5308 several reasons concurrently.)
5310 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5311 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5314 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5315 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5316 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5318 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5319 struct bp_location *bl;
5320 struct bp_location *loc;
5321 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5322 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5323 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5326 int need_remove_insert;
5329 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5330 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5331 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5332 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5333 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5334 inferior function calls. */
5338 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5341 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5343 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5344 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5345 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5346 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5347 checked all locations already. */
5348 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5351 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5354 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5357 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5360 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5363 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5364 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5365 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5369 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5370 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5371 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5373 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5375 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5377 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5382 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5384 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5386 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5387 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5390 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5394 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5395 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5396 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5398 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5400 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5402 handle_solib_event ();
5407 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5408 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5409 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5413 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5418 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5419 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5422 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5427 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5429 /* We will stop here. */
5430 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5432 --(b->enable_count);
5433 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5434 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5435 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5440 bs->commands = b->commands;
5441 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5442 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5443 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5446 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5451 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5453 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5454 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5457 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5458 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5459 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5461 need_remove_insert = 0;
5462 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5463 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5465 && bs->breakpoint_at
5466 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5468 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5470 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5471 need_remove_insert = 1;
5474 if (need_remove_insert)
5475 update_global_location_list (1);
5476 else if (removed_any)
5477 update_global_location_list (0);
5483 handle_jit_event (void)
5485 struct frame_info *frame;
5486 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5488 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5489 breakpoint_re_set. */
5490 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5492 frame = get_current_frame ();
5493 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5495 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5497 target_terminal_inferior ();
5500 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5502 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5505 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5507 struct bpstat_what retval;
5511 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5512 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5513 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5515 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5517 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5518 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5519 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5522 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5524 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5525 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5529 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5536 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5539 case bp_shlib_event:
5543 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5545 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5548 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5551 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5552 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5553 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5557 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5559 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5563 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5564 This requires no further action. */
5568 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5570 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5571 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5573 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5574 case bp_exception_resume:
5575 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5576 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5578 case bp_step_resume:
5580 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5583 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5584 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5587 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5589 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5592 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5593 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5596 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5597 case bp_thread_event:
5598 case bp_overlay_event:
5599 case bp_longjmp_master:
5600 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5601 case bp_exception_master:
5602 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5608 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5610 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5614 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5615 This requires no further action. */
5620 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5623 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5624 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5625 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5626 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5628 case bp_std_terminate:
5629 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5630 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5631 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5632 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5635 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5636 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5637 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5638 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5640 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5641 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5643 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5644 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5645 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5647 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5648 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5649 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5650 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5655 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5657 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5661 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5662 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5665 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5668 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5669 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5674 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5676 handle_jit_event ();
5679 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5681 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5687 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5688 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5690 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5691 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5699 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5700 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5701 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5704 bpstat_should_step (void)
5706 struct breakpoint *b;
5709 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5715 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5717 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5726 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5727 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5728 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5731 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5733 static char wrap_indent[80];
5734 int i, total_width, width, align;
5738 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5740 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5742 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5743 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5744 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5749 total_width += width + 1;
5755 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5756 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5758 "host": Host evals condition.
5759 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5760 "target": Target evals condition.
5764 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5766 struct bp_location *bl;
5767 char host_evals = 0;
5768 char target_evals = 0;
5773 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5776 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5777 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5778 return condition_evaluation_host;
5780 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5782 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5788 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5789 return condition_evaluation_both;
5790 else if (target_evals)
5791 return condition_evaluation_target;
5793 return condition_evaluation_host;
5796 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5797 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5800 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5802 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5805 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5806 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5807 return condition_evaluation_host;
5809 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5810 return condition_evaluation_target;
5812 return condition_evaluation_host;
5815 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5818 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5819 struct bp_location *loc)
5821 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5822 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5824 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5828 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5830 if (b->display_canonical)
5831 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5832 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5835 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5838 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5839 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5840 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5841 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5842 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5843 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5845 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5846 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5847 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5849 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5850 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5851 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5853 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5857 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5858 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5860 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5862 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5864 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5867 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5869 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5870 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5871 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5873 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5874 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5875 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5876 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5879 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5883 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5885 struct ep_type_description
5890 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5892 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5893 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5894 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5895 {bp_until, "until"},
5896 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5897 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5898 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5899 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5900 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5901 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5902 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5903 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5904 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5905 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5906 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5907 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5908 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5909 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5910 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5911 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5912 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5913 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5914 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5915 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5916 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5917 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5918 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5919 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5920 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5921 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5922 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5923 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5924 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5927 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5928 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5929 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5930 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5933 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5936 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5937 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5940 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5941 const char *field_name,
5945 struct cleanup *back_to;
5946 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5950 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5951 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5952 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5955 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
5957 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5963 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5964 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5969 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5971 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5973 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5977 do_cleanups (back_to);
5980 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5983 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5984 struct bp_location *loc,
5986 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5989 struct command_line *l;
5990 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5992 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5993 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5994 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5995 struct value_print_options opts;
5997 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5999 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6000 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6001 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6004 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6005 header_of_multiple = 1;
6013 if (part_of_multiple)
6016 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6017 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6022 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6027 if (part_of_multiple)
6028 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6030 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6034 if (part_of_multiple)
6035 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6037 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6042 if (part_of_multiple)
6043 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6045 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6046 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6047 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6051 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6053 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6054 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6055 make sure there's just one location. */
6056 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6057 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6063 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6064 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6068 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6069 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6070 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6072 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6074 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6075 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6076 is relatively readable). */
6077 if (opts.addressprint)
6078 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6080 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6085 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6089 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6090 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6092 case bp_exception_resume:
6093 case bp_step_resume:
6094 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6095 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6097 case bp_std_terminate:
6098 case bp_shlib_event:
6099 case bp_thread_event:
6100 case bp_overlay_event:
6101 case bp_longjmp_master:
6102 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6103 case bp_exception_master:
6105 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6106 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6109 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6110 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6111 if (opts.addressprint)
6114 if (header_of_multiple)
6115 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6116 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6117 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6119 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6120 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6123 if (!header_of_multiple)
6124 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6131 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6133 struct inferior *inf;
6134 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6139 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6140 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6143 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6144 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6146 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6147 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6148 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6149 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6150 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6151 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6153 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6154 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6157 if (!part_of_multiple)
6159 if (b->thread != -1)
6161 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6162 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6163 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6164 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6166 else if (b->task != 0)
6168 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6169 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6173 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6175 if (!part_of_multiple)
6176 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6178 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6181 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6182 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6184 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6185 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6186 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6189 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6192 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6193 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6195 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6196 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6198 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6199 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6200 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6201 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6202 == condition_evaluation_target)
6204 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6205 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6206 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6207 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6209 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6212 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6214 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6215 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6216 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6217 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6220 if (!part_of_multiple)
6224 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6225 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6226 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6227 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6228 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6230 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6231 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6232 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6233 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6234 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6236 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6240 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6241 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6242 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6246 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6249 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6250 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6251 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6254 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6255 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6256 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6257 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6260 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6261 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6262 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6263 if (b->ignore_count)
6264 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6266 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6267 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6268 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6271 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6273 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6275 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6277 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6278 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6279 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6283 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6284 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6286 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6289 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6290 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6291 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6294 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6296 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6298 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6300 annotate_field (10);
6301 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6302 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6303 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6306 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6308 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6310 annotate_field (11);
6312 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6313 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6314 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6318 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6320 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6321 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6326 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6328 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6330 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6332 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6334 else if (b->addr_string)
6335 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6340 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6341 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6344 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6345 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6347 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6349 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6350 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6352 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6353 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6354 locations, if any. */
6355 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6357 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6358 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6359 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6362 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6363 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6365 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6366 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6368 struct bp_location *loc;
6371 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6373 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6374 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6375 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6376 do_cleanups (inner2);
6383 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6385 int print_address_bits = 0;
6386 struct bp_location *loc;
6388 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6392 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6393 an address to print. */
6394 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6397 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6398 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6399 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6402 return print_address_bits;
6405 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6411 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6413 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6414 struct breakpoint *b;
6415 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6419 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6421 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6429 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6430 char **error_message)
6432 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6435 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6437 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6438 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6444 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6445 internal or momentary. */
6448 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6450 return b->number > 0;
6453 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6454 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6455 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6456 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6457 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6458 breakpoints listed. */
6461 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6462 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6464 struct breakpoint *b;
6465 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6466 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6467 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6468 struct value_print_options opts;
6469 int print_address_bits = 0;
6470 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6471 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6473 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6475 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6476 required for address fields. */
6477 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6480 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6481 if (filter && !filter (b))
6484 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6485 accept. Skip the others. */
6486 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6488 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6490 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6494 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6496 int addr_bit, type_len;
6498 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6499 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6500 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6502 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6503 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6504 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6506 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6510 if (opts.addressprint)
6512 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6513 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6517 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6518 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6521 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6522 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6523 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6525 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6526 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6528 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6529 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6530 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6532 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6533 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6535 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6536 if (opts.addressprint)
6538 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6540 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6541 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6542 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6544 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6545 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6547 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6549 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6550 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6551 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6552 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6557 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6558 if (filter && !filter (b))
6561 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6562 accept. Skip the others. */
6564 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6566 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6568 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6571 else /* all others */
6573 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6577 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6579 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6580 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6583 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6585 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6587 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6591 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6592 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6594 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6595 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6601 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6602 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6605 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6606 there have been breakpoints? */
6607 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6609 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6612 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6613 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6616 default_collect_info (void)
6618 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6620 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6621 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6623 if (!*default_collect)
6626 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6628 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6629 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6630 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6634 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6636 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6638 default_collect_info ();
6642 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6644 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6645 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6647 if (num_printed == 0)
6649 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6650 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6652 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6657 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6659 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6661 default_collect_info ();
6665 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6666 struct program_space *pspace,
6667 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6669 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6671 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6673 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6674 && bl->address == pc
6675 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6681 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6682 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6686 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6687 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6688 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6691 struct breakpoint *b;
6694 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6695 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6699 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6700 else /* if (others == ???) */
6701 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6703 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6706 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6707 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6708 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6709 else if (b->thread != -1)
6710 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6711 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6712 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6713 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6715 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6719 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6721 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6722 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6723 printf_filtered (".\n");
6728 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6729 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6730 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6731 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6733 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6734 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6735 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6736 breakpoint at address zero:
6744 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6746 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6748 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6751 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6752 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6755 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6756 struct bp_location *loc2)
6758 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6759 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6761 /* Both of them must exist. */
6762 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6763 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6765 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6766 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6767 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6768 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6769 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6770 other watchpoint. */
6772 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6774 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6777 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6779 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6783 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6784 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6785 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6786 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6787 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6788 become hw_access locations later. */
6789 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6790 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6791 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6792 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6795 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6798 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6799 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6801 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6802 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6806 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6807 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6808 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6809 space doesn't really matter. */
6812 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6813 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6816 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6817 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6818 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6821 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6822 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6823 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6824 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6827 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6828 struct address_space *aspace,
6831 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6834 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6835 bl->address, bl->length,
6839 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6840 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6841 true, otherwise returns false. */
6844 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6845 struct bp_location *loc2)
6847 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6848 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6849 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6850 different locations. */
6851 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6856 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6857 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6858 represent the same location. */
6861 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6862 struct bp_location *loc2)
6864 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6866 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6867 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6868 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6870 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6871 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6873 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6876 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6877 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6878 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6880 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6881 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6882 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6883 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6887 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6888 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6890 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6891 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6895 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6896 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6898 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6899 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6901 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6904 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6905 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6906 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6907 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6910 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6911 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6913 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6915 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6918 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6919 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6920 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6921 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6922 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6924 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6925 have their addresses modified. */
6930 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6932 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6933 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6934 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6936 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6937 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6939 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6940 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6942 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6947 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6948 struct breakpoint *owner)
6950 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6952 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6957 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6958 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6961 switch (owner->type)
6967 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6968 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6970 case bp_exception_resume:
6971 case bp_step_resume:
6972 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6973 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6975 case bp_std_terminate:
6976 case bp_shlib_event:
6977 case bp_thread_event:
6978 case bp_overlay_event:
6980 case bp_longjmp_master:
6981 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6982 case bp_exception_master:
6983 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6984 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6986 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6987 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6989 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6990 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6991 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6993 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6994 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6995 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6996 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7001 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7002 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7003 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7006 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7012 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7014 static struct bp_location *
7015 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7017 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7021 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7023 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7027 /* Increment reference count. */
7030 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7035 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7036 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7039 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7041 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7043 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7044 free_bp_location (*blp);
7048 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7051 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7053 struct breakpoint *b1;
7055 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7056 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7058 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7060 breakpoint_chain = b;
7069 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7072 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7073 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7075 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7077 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7079 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7083 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7084 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7085 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7087 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7090 b->ignore_count = 0;
7092 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7093 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7094 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7095 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7098 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7099 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7101 static struct breakpoint *
7102 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7104 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7106 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7108 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7109 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7113 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7114 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7118 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7120 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7122 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7123 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7124 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7127 const char *function_name;
7128 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7130 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7131 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7133 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7135 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7137 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7138 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7139 &loc->requested_address))
7141 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7142 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7143 loc->requested_address,
7146 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7147 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7149 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7150 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7151 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7152 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7154 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7159 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7163 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7165 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7168 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7170 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7175 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7176 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7177 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7179 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7180 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7181 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7184 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7185 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7186 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7188 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7190 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7192 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7193 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7195 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7196 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7198 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7199 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7202 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7203 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7204 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7205 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7206 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7207 is also returned as the value of this function.
7209 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7210 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7211 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7212 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7213 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7214 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7215 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7218 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7219 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7220 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7222 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7224 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7225 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7230 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7231 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7233 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7235 struct bp_location *bl;
7237 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7239 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7240 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7241 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7242 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7243 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7244 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7248 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7249 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7250 initiated the operation. */
7253 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7255 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7256 int thread = tp->num;
7258 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7259 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7260 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7261 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7262 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7263 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7264 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7265 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7267 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7268 struct breakpoint *clone;
7270 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7271 after their removal. */
7272 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7273 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7274 clone->thread = thread;
7277 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7280 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7282 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7284 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7286 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7287 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7289 if (b->thread == thread)
7290 delete_breakpoint (b);
7295 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7297 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7299 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7300 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7302 if (b->thread == thread)
7303 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7307 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7308 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7309 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7313 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7315 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7318 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7320 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7322 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7323 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7324 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7326 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7328 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7331 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7332 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7333 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7334 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7340 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7341 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7344 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7345 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7349 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7351 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7353 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7354 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7356 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7358 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7359 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7360 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7361 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7364 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7366 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7368 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7369 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7370 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7372 delete_breakpoint (b);
7377 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7379 struct breakpoint *b;
7382 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7384 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7385 update_global_location_list (1);
7386 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7391 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7393 struct breakpoint *b;
7396 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7398 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7399 update_global_location_list (0);
7400 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7404 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7405 master breakpoint. */
7407 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7409 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7411 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7412 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7413 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7415 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7416 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7420 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7422 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7424 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7427 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7428 delete_breakpoint (b);
7432 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7434 struct breakpoint *b;
7436 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7437 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7439 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7440 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7442 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7444 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7450 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7452 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7454 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7455 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7456 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7457 delete_breakpoint (b);
7460 struct lang_and_radix
7466 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7469 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7471 struct breakpoint *b;
7473 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7474 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7475 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7479 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7482 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7484 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7486 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7487 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7488 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7489 delete_breakpoint (b);
7493 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7495 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7498 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7499 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7500 delete_breakpoint (b);
7504 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7506 struct breakpoint *b;
7508 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7509 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7510 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7514 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7515 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7518 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7520 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7522 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7524 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7525 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7527 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7528 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7529 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7530 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7531 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7532 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7533 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7534 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7535 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7536 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7537 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7538 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7541 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7546 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7547 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7548 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7551 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7553 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7554 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7556 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7557 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7558 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7559 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7560 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7561 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7564 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7566 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7567 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7569 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7570 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7571 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7572 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7573 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7574 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7575 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7576 || is_tracepoint (b))
7577 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7579 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7580 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7581 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7582 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7585 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7586 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7588 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7590 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7591 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7592 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7595 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7600 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7601 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7602 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7605 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7607 struct breakpoint *b;
7609 if (objfile == NULL)
7612 /* If the file is a shared library not loaded by the user then
7613 solib_unloaded was notified and disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
7614 was called. In that case there is no need to take action again. */
7615 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) && !(objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED))
7620 struct bp_location *loc;
7621 int bp_modified = 0;
7623 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7626 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7628 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7630 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7631 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7634 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7637 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7640 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7641 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7644 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7646 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7649 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7656 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7660 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7662 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7663 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7664 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7665 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7666 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7668 struct fork_catchpoint
7670 /* The base class. */
7671 struct breakpoint base;
7673 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7674 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7675 catchpoint has triggered. */
7676 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7679 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7683 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7685 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7688 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7692 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7694 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7697 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7701 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7702 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7703 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7705 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7707 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7710 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7714 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7717 static enum print_stop_action
7718 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7720 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7721 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7722 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7724 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7725 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7726 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7728 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7729 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7731 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7732 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7733 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7735 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7736 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7737 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7738 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7739 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7742 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7746 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7748 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7749 struct value_print_options opts;
7750 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7752 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7754 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7755 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7757 if (opts.addressprint)
7758 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7760 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7761 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7763 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7764 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7765 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7766 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7769 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7770 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7773 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7777 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7779 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7782 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7786 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7788 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7789 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7792 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7794 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7796 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7800 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7802 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7805 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7809 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7811 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7814 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7818 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7819 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7820 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7822 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7824 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7827 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7831 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7834 static enum print_stop_action
7835 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7837 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7838 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7839 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7841 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7842 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7843 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7845 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7846 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7848 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7849 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7850 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7852 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7853 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7854 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7855 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7856 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7859 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7863 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7865 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7866 struct value_print_options opts;
7867 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7869 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7870 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7871 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7873 if (opts.addressprint)
7874 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7876 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7877 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7879 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7880 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7881 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7882 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7885 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7886 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7889 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7893 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7895 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7898 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7902 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7904 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7905 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7908 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7910 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7912 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7913 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7914 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7915 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7916 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7918 struct solib_catchpoint
7920 /* The base class. */
7921 struct breakpoint base;
7923 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7924 unsigned char is_load;
7926 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7927 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7933 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7935 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7938 regfree (&self->compiled);
7939 xfree (self->regex);
7941 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7945 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7951 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7957 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7958 struct address_space *aspace,
7960 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7962 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7963 struct breakpoint *other;
7965 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7970 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7972 if (other == bl->owner)
7975 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7978 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7981 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7983 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7992 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7994 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7995 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8000 struct so_list *iter;
8003 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8008 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8017 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8022 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8028 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8031 static enum print_stop_action
8032 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8034 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8035 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8037 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8038 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8039 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8041 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8042 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8043 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8044 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8045 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8046 print_solib_event (1);
8047 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8051 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8053 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8054 struct value_print_options opts;
8055 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8058 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8059 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8060 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8062 if (opts.addressprint)
8065 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8072 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8074 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8079 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8081 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8083 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8088 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8092 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8094 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8096 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8097 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8101 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8103 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8105 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8106 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8107 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8109 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8113 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8115 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8116 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8117 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8118 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8119 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8120 created in an enabled state. */
8123 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8125 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8126 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8127 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8131 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8133 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8134 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8140 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8143 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8145 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8146 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8148 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8151 c->is_load = is_load;
8152 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8153 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8155 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8157 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8158 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8161 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8165 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8166 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8169 const int enabled = 1;
8171 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8173 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8177 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8178 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8180 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8184 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8185 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8187 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8190 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8191 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8192 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8193 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8194 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8196 struct syscall_catchpoint
8198 /* The base class. */
8199 struct breakpoint base;
8201 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8202 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8203 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8204 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8205 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8208 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8212 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8214 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8216 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8218 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8221 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8223 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8225 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8226 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8227 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8229 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8230 int any_syscall_count;
8232 /* Count of each system call. */
8233 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8235 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8236 if any catching is necessary. */
8237 int total_syscalls_count;
8240 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8241 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8243 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8245 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8246 if (inf_data == NULL)
8248 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8249 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8256 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8262 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8266 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8268 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8269 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8270 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8271 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8273 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8274 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8275 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8281 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8286 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8288 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8289 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8290 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8292 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8293 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8294 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8296 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8297 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8299 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8300 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8304 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8305 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8306 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8308 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8310 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8313 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8317 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8319 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8320 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8321 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8322 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8324 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8325 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8326 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8332 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8336 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8337 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8339 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8340 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8344 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8345 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8346 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8348 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8350 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8353 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8357 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8358 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8359 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8361 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8362 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8363 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8364 int syscall_number = 0;
8365 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8366 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8368 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8369 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8372 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8374 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8375 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8380 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8382 if (syscall_number == iter)
8391 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8394 static enum print_stop_action
8395 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8397 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8398 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8399 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8400 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8401 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8402 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8404 struct target_waitstatus last;
8407 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8409 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8411 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8413 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8414 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8416 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8417 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8419 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8420 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8421 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8422 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8423 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8425 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8427 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8428 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8430 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8432 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8433 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8435 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8437 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8439 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8442 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8446 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8447 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8449 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8450 struct value_print_options opts;
8451 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8453 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8454 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8455 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8457 if (opts.addressprint)
8458 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8461 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8462 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8463 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8465 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8467 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8470 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8473 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8478 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8481 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8483 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8485 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8486 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8490 /* Remove the last comma. */
8491 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8492 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8495 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8496 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8498 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8499 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8502 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8506 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8508 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8510 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8514 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8515 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8517 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8520 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8524 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8527 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8529 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8531 printf_filtered (")");
8534 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8538 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8542 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8544 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8546 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8548 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8553 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8558 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8562 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8565 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8568 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8570 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8572 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8575 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8577 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8580 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8581 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8582 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8583 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8586 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8587 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8589 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8591 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8594 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8596 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8598 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8599 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8603 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8605 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8606 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8607 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8608 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8611 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8614 update_global_location_list (1);
8618 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8619 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8620 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8622 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8624 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8626 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8628 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8631 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8633 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8634 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8635 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8636 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8637 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8639 struct exec_catchpoint
8641 /* The base class. */
8642 struct breakpoint base;
8644 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8645 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8647 char *exec_pathname;
8650 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8654 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8656 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8658 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8660 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8664 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8666 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8670 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8672 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8676 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8677 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8678 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8680 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8682 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8685 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8689 static enum print_stop_action
8690 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8692 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8693 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8694 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8696 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8697 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8698 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8700 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8701 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8703 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8704 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8705 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8707 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8708 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8709 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8710 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8712 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8716 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8718 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8719 struct value_print_options opts;
8720 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8722 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8724 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8725 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8726 is relatively readable). */
8727 if (opts.addressprint)
8728 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8730 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8731 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8733 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8734 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8735 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8738 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8739 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8743 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8745 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8748 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8752 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8754 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8755 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8758 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8761 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8762 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8764 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8765 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8767 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8768 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8769 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8771 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8775 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8778 struct breakpoint *b;
8779 struct bp_location *bl;
8783 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8784 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8786 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8788 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8795 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8799 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8802 struct bp_location *bl;
8804 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8807 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8809 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8811 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8817 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8818 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8819 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8820 types _not_ TYPE. */
8823 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8824 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8827 struct breakpoint *b;
8829 *other_type_used = 0;
8834 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8837 if (b->type == type)
8838 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8839 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8840 *other_type_used = 1;
8847 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8849 struct breakpoint *b;
8853 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8855 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8856 update_global_location_list (0);
8862 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8864 struct breakpoint *b;
8868 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8870 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8871 update_global_location_list (1);
8877 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8879 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8880 update_global_location_list (0);
8884 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8886 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8887 breakpoint_re_set ();
8891 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8892 at address specified by SAL.
8893 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8896 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8897 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8899 struct breakpoint *b;
8901 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8903 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8905 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8906 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8907 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8908 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8910 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8911 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8913 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8914 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8916 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8921 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8922 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8925 static struct breakpoint *
8926 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8928 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8930 struct breakpoint *copy;
8932 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8933 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8934 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8936 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8937 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8938 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8939 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8940 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8941 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8942 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8943 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8944 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8945 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8946 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8948 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8949 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8950 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8952 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8956 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8960 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8962 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8966 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8970 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8973 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8975 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8977 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8978 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8980 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8984 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8987 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8989 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8990 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8992 printf_filtered ("\n");
8996 static struct bp_location *
8997 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8998 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9000 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9001 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9002 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9004 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9005 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9007 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9008 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9009 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9010 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9011 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9012 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9013 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9016 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9017 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9018 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9019 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9024 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9025 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9026 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9027 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9028 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9029 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9030 loc->section = sal->section;
9031 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9032 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9033 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9035 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9036 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9041 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9042 return 0 otherwise. */
9045 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9049 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9050 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9051 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9054 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9056 addr = loc->address;
9057 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9059 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9063 target_mem = alloca (len);
9065 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9066 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9067 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9068 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9070 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9071 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9073 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9074 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9077 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9082 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9083 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9086 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9088 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9089 char *printf_line = NULL;
9094 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9096 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9098 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9100 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9102 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9103 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9105 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9106 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9107 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9109 if (!dprintf_function)
9110 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9112 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9113 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9118 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9122 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9124 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9125 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9128 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9129 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9133 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9134 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9136 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9137 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9139 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9140 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9142 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9143 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9144 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9145 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9146 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9147 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9149 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9153 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9154 current style settings. */
9157 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9158 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9160 struct breakpoint *b;
9164 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9165 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9169 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9170 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9171 as condition expression. */
9174 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9175 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9176 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9178 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9179 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9180 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9181 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9182 int display_canonical)
9186 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9188 int target_resources_ok;
9190 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9191 target_resources_ok =
9192 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9194 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9195 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9196 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9197 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9200 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9202 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9204 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9205 struct bp_location *loc;
9209 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9211 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9213 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9214 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9219 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9223 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9224 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9225 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9226 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9227 b->disposition = disposition;
9229 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9230 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9232 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9234 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9235 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9237 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9239 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9240 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9241 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9245 p = skip_spaces (p);
9247 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9249 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9250 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9252 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9254 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9256 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9258 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9259 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9261 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9263 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9266 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9267 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9274 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9275 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9279 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9280 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9284 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9286 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9287 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9289 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9292 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9293 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9294 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9296 if (b->extra_string)
9297 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9299 error (_("Format string required"));
9301 else if (b->extra_string)
9302 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9305 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9307 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9309 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9312 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9317 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9318 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9319 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9321 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9322 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9323 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9324 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9325 int display_canonical)
9327 struct breakpoint *b;
9328 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9330 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9332 struct tracepoint *t;
9334 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9338 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9340 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9342 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9344 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9346 thread, task, ignore_count,
9348 enabled, internal, flags,
9350 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9352 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9355 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9356 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9357 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9358 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9359 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9360 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9361 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9362 we take just a single condition string.
9364 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9365 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9366 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9367 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9368 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9371 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9372 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9373 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9374 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9375 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9376 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9377 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9380 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9382 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9383 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9385 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9387 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9388 'break', without arguments. */
9389 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9390 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9392 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9393 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9395 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9396 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9399 cond_string, extra_string,
9401 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9402 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9403 canonical->special_display);
9404 discard_cleanups (inner);
9408 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9409 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9410 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9411 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9413 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9414 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9417 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9418 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9420 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9422 if ((*address) == NULL
9423 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9425 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9427 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9429 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9430 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9433 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9434 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9435 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9437 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9438 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9439 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9440 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9441 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9442 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9444 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9446 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9447 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9448 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9449 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9450 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9452 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9454 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9455 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9456 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9458 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9461 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9465 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9467 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9468 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9469 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9470 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9472 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9473 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9474 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9476 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9477 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9478 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9479 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9480 get_last_displayed_line (),
9481 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9483 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9484 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9489 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9490 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9493 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9497 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9498 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9501 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9502 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9503 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9504 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9505 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9509 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9510 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9513 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9515 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9517 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9519 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9521 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9523 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9524 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9525 associated with SAL. */
9528 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9530 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9533 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9534 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9536 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9540 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9542 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9543 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9545 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9548 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9549 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9550 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9551 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9552 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9553 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9556 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9557 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9560 *cond_string = NULL;
9567 const char *end_tok;
9569 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9570 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9572 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9574 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9576 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9580 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9582 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9584 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9586 struct expression *expr;
9588 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9589 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9592 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9594 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9599 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9601 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9602 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9603 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9606 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9611 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9613 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9614 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9615 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9620 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9624 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9628 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9630 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9631 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9633 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9634 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9635 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9636 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9641 p = skip_spaces (p);
9643 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9645 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9646 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9648 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9649 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9650 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9652 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9653 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9655 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9657 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9659 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9661 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9663 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9664 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9666 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9669 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9675 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9676 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9677 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9678 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9679 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9680 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9681 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9682 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9683 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9684 was created; false otherwise. */
9687 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9688 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9689 int thread, char *extra_string,
9691 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9693 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9694 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9695 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9698 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9699 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9700 char *addr_start = arg;
9701 struct linespec_result canonical;
9702 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9703 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9706 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9708 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9710 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9712 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9714 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9715 addr_start, ©_arg);
9718 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9722 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9728 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9730 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9733 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9734 throw_exception (e);
9736 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9738 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9739 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9740 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9741 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9742 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9745 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9746 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9747 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9748 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9750 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9752 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9753 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9754 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9755 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9756 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9758 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9762 throw_exception (e);
9766 throw_exception (e);
9769 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9770 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9772 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9773 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9774 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9775 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9776 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9778 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9779 are ok for the target. */
9783 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9785 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9786 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9789 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9790 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9793 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9795 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9796 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9799 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9800 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9807 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9809 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9811 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9812 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9813 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9814 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9816 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9817 &thread, &task, &rest);
9819 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9821 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9823 extra_string = rest;
9828 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9830 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9833 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9834 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9836 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9839 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9840 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9844 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9845 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9846 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9847 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9848 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9852 struct breakpoint *b;
9854 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9856 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9858 struct tracepoint *t;
9860 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9864 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9866 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9868 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9870 b->cond_string = NULL;
9873 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9876 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9877 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9879 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9881 b->extra_string = NULL;
9882 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9883 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9884 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9885 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9886 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9887 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9888 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9890 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9893 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9895 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9896 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9897 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9900 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9902 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9903 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9904 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9906 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9907 update_global_location_list (1);
9912 /* Set a breakpoint.
9913 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9914 condition, and thread.
9915 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9916 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9920 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9922 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9923 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9924 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9926 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9927 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9929 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9930 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9931 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9933 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9935 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9937 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9938 tempflag, type_wanted,
9939 0 /* Ignore count */,
9940 pending_break_support,
9948 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9951 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9955 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9957 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9958 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9959 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9962 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9963 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9964 if (sal->explicit_line)
9965 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9968 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9970 struct blockvector *bv;
9974 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9977 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9980 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9981 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
9985 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9986 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9987 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9988 happen in assembly source). */
9990 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9991 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9993 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9995 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9997 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9999 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10006 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10008 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10012 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10014 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10018 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10020 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10024 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10026 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10030 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10032 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10033 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10034 stop at <line>\n"));
10038 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10042 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10044 else if (*arg != '*')
10046 char *argptr = arg;
10049 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10050 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10051 function/method name. */
10052 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10054 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10059 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10061 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10065 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10067 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10071 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10075 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10079 char *argptr = arg;
10082 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10083 it is probably a line number. */
10084 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10086 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10091 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10093 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10097 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10099 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10102 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10103 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10104 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10108 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10110 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10112 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10114 0 /* Ignore count */,
10115 pending_break_support,
10116 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10124 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10126 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10129 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10130 ranged breakpoints. */
10133 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10134 struct address_space *aspace,
10136 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10138 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10139 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10142 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10143 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10146 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10147 ranged breakpoints. */
10150 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10152 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10155 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10156 ranged breakpoints. */
10158 static enum print_stop_action
10159 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10161 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10162 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10163 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10165 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10167 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10168 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10170 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10171 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10172 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10174 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10175 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10177 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10178 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10181 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10182 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10184 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10187 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10188 ranged breakpoints. */
10191 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10192 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10194 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10195 struct value_print_options opts;
10196 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10198 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10199 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10201 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10203 if (opts.addressprint)
10204 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10205 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10206 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10207 annotate_field (5);
10208 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10212 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10213 ranged breakpoints. */
10216 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10217 struct ui_out *uiout)
10219 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10220 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10221 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10222 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10226 address_start = bl->address;
10227 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10229 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10230 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10231 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10232 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10233 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10234 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10236 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10239 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10240 ranged breakpoints. */
10243 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10245 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10246 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10249 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10251 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10254 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10255 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10256 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10259 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10260 ranged breakpoints. */
10263 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10265 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10266 b->addr_string_range_end);
10267 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10270 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10272 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10274 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10275 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10276 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10277 last instruction of the given line. */
10280 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10284 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10285 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10286 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10293 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10295 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10297 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10304 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10307 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10309 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10310 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10311 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10313 struct breakpoint *b;
10314 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10315 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10316 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10318 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10319 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10320 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10322 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10323 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10324 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10326 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10327 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10329 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10330 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10331 error(_("No address range specified."));
10333 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10336 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10338 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10341 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10342 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10343 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10345 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10347 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10348 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10349 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10351 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10352 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10353 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10355 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10356 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10358 /* Parse the end location. */
10360 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10363 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10364 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10365 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10366 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10367 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10368 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10369 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10370 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10372 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10374 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10375 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10377 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10378 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10379 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10380 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10382 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10383 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10384 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10386 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10387 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10388 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10390 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10392 /* Length overflowed. */
10393 error (_("Address range too large."));
10394 else if (length == 1)
10396 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10397 the `hbreak' command. */
10398 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10400 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10405 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10406 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10407 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10408 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10409 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10410 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10411 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10412 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10413 b->loc->length = length;
10415 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10418 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10419 update_global_location_list (1);
10422 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10423 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10424 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10428 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10430 int i = exp->nelts;
10436 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10437 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10440 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10450 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10451 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10452 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10453 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10454 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10456 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10485 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10488 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10489 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10494 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10495 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10496 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10497 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10498 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10499 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10500 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10502 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10503 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10508 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10510 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10511 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10512 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10513 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10515 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10516 are always constant. */
10518 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10520 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10521 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10522 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10527 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10528 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10529 then it is not a constant. */
10538 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10541 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10543 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10545 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10547 xfree (w->exp_string);
10548 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10549 value_free (w->val);
10551 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10554 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10557 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10559 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10561 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10562 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10564 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10565 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10566 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10567 are loaded and unloaded.
10569 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10570 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10571 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10572 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10573 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10574 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10576 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10577 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10578 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10579 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10581 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10582 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10584 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10585 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10586 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10589 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10592 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10594 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10595 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10597 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10601 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10604 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10606 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10607 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10609 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10614 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10615 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10616 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10618 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10619 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10621 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10622 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10623 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10624 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10625 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10626 (did not match the data address). */
10627 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10628 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10635 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10637 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10639 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10642 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10643 hardware watchpoints. */
10646 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10648 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10649 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10651 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10654 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10655 hardware watchpoints. */
10658 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10660 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10661 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10664 static enum print_stop_action
10665 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10667 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10668 struct breakpoint *b;
10669 struct ui_file *stb;
10670 enum print_stop_action result;
10671 struct watchpoint *w;
10672 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10674 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10676 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10677 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10679 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10680 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10684 case bp_watchpoint:
10685 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10686 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10687 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10688 ui_out_field_string
10690 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10692 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10693 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10694 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10695 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10696 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10697 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10698 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10699 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10700 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10701 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10704 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10705 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10706 ui_out_field_string
10708 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10710 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10711 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10712 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10713 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10714 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10715 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10718 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10719 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10721 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10722 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10723 ui_out_field_string
10725 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10727 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10728 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10729 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10730 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10731 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10736 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10737 ui_out_field_string
10739 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10740 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10741 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10743 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10744 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10745 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10746 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10749 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10752 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10756 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10760 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10762 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10763 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10764 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10768 case bp_watchpoint:
10769 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10770 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10772 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10773 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10774 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10776 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10777 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10778 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10780 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10781 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10782 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10785 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10786 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10789 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10790 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10791 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10792 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10795 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10799 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10801 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10805 case bp_watchpoint:
10806 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10807 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10809 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10810 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10812 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10816 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10817 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10820 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10821 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10824 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10828 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10830 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10831 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10832 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10838 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10840 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10842 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10843 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10846 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10848 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10850 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10851 bl->watchpoint_type);
10854 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10855 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10858 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10860 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10862 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10863 bl->watchpoint_type);
10866 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10867 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10870 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10872 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10874 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10877 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10878 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10881 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10886 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10887 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10889 static enum print_stop_action
10890 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10892 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10893 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10895 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10896 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10900 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10901 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10902 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10903 ui_out_field_string
10905 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10908 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10909 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10910 ui_out_field_string
10912 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10915 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10916 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10917 ui_out_field_string
10919 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10922 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10923 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10927 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10928 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10929 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10930 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10932 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10933 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10936 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10937 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10940 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10941 struct ui_out *uiout)
10943 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10945 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10946 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10948 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10949 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10950 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10953 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10954 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10957 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10959 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10960 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10961 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10965 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10966 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10967 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10969 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10970 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10971 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10973 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10974 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10975 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10978 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10979 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10982 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10983 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10984 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10985 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10988 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10989 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10992 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10994 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10999 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11000 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11002 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11003 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11005 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11006 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11009 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11010 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11013 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11014 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11015 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11018 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11020 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11022 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11025 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11027 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11030 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11031 hw_read: watch read,
11032 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11034 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11035 int just_location, int internal)
11037 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11038 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11039 struct expression *exp;
11040 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11041 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11042 struct frame_info *frame;
11043 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11044 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11045 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11047 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11048 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11049 enum bptype bp_type;
11052 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11053 the hardware watchpoint. */
11055 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11056 struct watchpoint *w;
11058 struct cleanup *back_to;
11060 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11061 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11063 const char *value_start;
11065 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11067 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11068 of the arguments string. */
11069 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11071 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11072 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11075 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11076 This is the value of the parameter. */
11077 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11079 value_start = tok + 1;
11081 /* Skip whitespace. */
11082 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11087 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11088 This is the parameter itself. */
11089 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11092 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11094 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11096 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11097 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11098 only in a specific thread. */
11102 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11104 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11105 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11107 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11109 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11110 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11112 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11113 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11114 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11116 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11118 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11119 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11121 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11124 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11126 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11128 mark = value_mark ();
11129 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11130 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11131 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11134 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11137 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11138 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11145 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11146 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11148 innermost_block = NULL;
11149 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11150 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11151 exp_start = arg = expression;
11152 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11154 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11155 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11157 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11160 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11161 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11165 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11166 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11168 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11171 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11172 mark = value_mark ();
11173 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11179 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11180 val = value_addr (result);
11181 release_value (val);
11182 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11186 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11189 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11190 else if (ret == -2)
11191 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11194 else if (val != NULL)
11195 release_value (val);
11197 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11198 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11200 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11201 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11203 struct expression *cond;
11205 innermost_block = NULL;
11206 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11207 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11209 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11210 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11211 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11217 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11219 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11221 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11222 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11223 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11224 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11225 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11227 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11230 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11231 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11232 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11233 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11235 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11237 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11238 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11240 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11241 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11243 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11244 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11245 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11246 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11247 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11248 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11249 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11250 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11251 scope_breakpoint->type);
11255 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11256 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11257 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11258 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11260 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11261 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11262 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11263 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11265 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11267 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11270 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11271 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11273 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11274 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11275 b->thread = thread;
11276 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11277 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11279 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11280 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11283 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11284 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11287 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11288 name = type_to_string (t);
11290 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11291 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11294 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11295 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11297 /* The above expression is in C. */
11298 b->language = language_c;
11301 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11305 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11314 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11316 b->cond_string = 0;
11320 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11321 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11325 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11326 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11329 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11331 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11332 need to act on them together. */
11333 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11334 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11337 if (!just_location)
11338 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11340 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11342 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11343 that should be inserted. */
11344 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11348 delete_breakpoint (b);
11349 throw_exception (e);
11352 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11353 do_cleanups (back_to);
11356 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11357 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11360 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11362 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11363 struct value *head = v;
11365 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11366 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11369 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11370 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11371 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11372 hardware watchpoint.
11374 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11375 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11376 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11377 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11378 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11379 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11380 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11381 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11382 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11384 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11385 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11386 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11387 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11388 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11390 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11392 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11393 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11394 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11395 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11396 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11397 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11401 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11402 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11403 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11405 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11406 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11407 middle of some value chain. */
11409 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11410 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11412 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11416 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11417 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11418 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11420 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11424 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11428 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11429 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11430 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11431 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11432 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11435 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11436 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11437 return found_memory_cnt;
11441 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11443 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11446 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11447 calls watch_command_1. */
11450 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11452 int just_location = 0;
11455 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11456 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11458 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11462 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11466 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11468 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11472 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11474 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11478 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11480 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11484 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11486 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11490 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11492 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11496 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11497 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11499 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11501 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11502 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11506 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11507 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11508 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11511 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11513 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11515 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11516 if (a->breakpoint2)
11517 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11518 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11522 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11524 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11525 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11526 struct frame_info *frame;
11527 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11528 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11529 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11530 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11531 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11532 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11534 struct thread_info *tp;
11536 clear_proceed_status ();
11538 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11541 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11542 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11543 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11544 get_last_displayed_line ());
11546 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11547 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11549 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11550 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11552 sal = sals.sals[0];
11553 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11556 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11558 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11560 tp = inferior_thread ();
11563 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11565 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11566 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11567 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11570 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11571 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11572 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11573 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11575 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11578 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11580 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11582 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11583 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11584 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11588 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11590 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11591 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11594 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11598 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11599 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11600 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11601 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11603 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11604 only at the very same frame. */
11605 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11606 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11607 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11609 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11611 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11612 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11613 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11614 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11616 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11618 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11619 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11621 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11622 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11623 args->thread_num = thread;
11625 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11626 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11627 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11631 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11634 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11635 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11637 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11638 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11639 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11640 if clause in the arg string. */
11643 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11647 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11650 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11653 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11654 condition string. */
11655 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11656 cond_string = *arg;
11658 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11660 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11662 return cond_string;
11665 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11666 process start/exit, etc. */
11670 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11671 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11676 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11677 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11679 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11680 char *cond_string = NULL;
11681 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11684 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11685 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11686 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11690 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11692 /* The allowed syntax is:
11694 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11696 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11697 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11699 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11700 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11702 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11703 and enable reporting of such events. */
11706 case catch_fork_temporary:
11707 case catch_fork_permanent:
11708 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11709 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11711 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11712 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11713 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11714 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11717 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11723 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11724 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11726 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11727 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11729 char *cond_string = NULL;
11731 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11735 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11737 /* The allowed syntax is:
11739 catch exec if <cond>
11741 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11742 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11744 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11745 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11747 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11748 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11749 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11750 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11752 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11756 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11757 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11758 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11760 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11767 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11769 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11771 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11772 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11773 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11774 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11775 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11776 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11777 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11778 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11779 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11780 enough for now, though. */
11783 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11785 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11786 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11787 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11788 b->language = language_ada;
11791 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11792 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11794 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11796 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11797 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11799 while (*arg != '\0')
11801 int i, syscall_number;
11803 char cur_name[128];
11806 /* Skip whitespace. */
11807 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11809 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11810 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11811 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11814 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11815 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11816 if (*endptr == '\0')
11817 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11820 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11822 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11824 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11825 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11826 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11827 syscall number to be caught. */
11828 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11831 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11832 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11835 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11839 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11842 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11843 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11848 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11850 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11851 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11852 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11853 this architecture yet."));
11855 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11857 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11859 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11860 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11861 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11862 for his/her architecture. */
11863 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11865 /* The allowed syntax is:
11867 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11869 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11872 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11876 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11877 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11881 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11883 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11888 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11890 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11893 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11896 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11898 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11899 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11900 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11901 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11903 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11905 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11908 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11912 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11915 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11918 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11920 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11921 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11924 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11925 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11927 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11931 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11932 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11933 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11934 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11939 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11940 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11941 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11942 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11944 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11945 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11946 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11947 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11948 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11949 error (_("No source file specified."));
11951 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11957 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11958 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11959 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11960 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11962 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11963 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11964 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11965 due to optimization, all in one block.
11967 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11968 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11969 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11970 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11971 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11972 to support that. */
11974 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11975 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11976 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11980 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11981 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11983 const char *sal_fullname;
11985 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11986 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11987 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11990 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11995 1 0 <can't happen> */
11997 sal = sals.sals[i];
11998 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11999 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12001 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12002 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12005 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12006 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12008 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12009 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12011 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12012 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12013 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12015 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12016 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12017 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12018 || loc->section == sal.section));
12019 int line_match = 0;
12021 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12022 && loc->symtab != NULL
12023 && sal_fullname != NULL
12024 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12025 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12026 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12027 sal_fullname) == 0)
12030 if (pc_match || line_match)
12039 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12043 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12044 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12047 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12049 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12052 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12053 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12054 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12055 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12056 compare_breakpoints);
12057 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12058 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12062 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12067 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12068 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12071 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12072 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12074 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12077 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12080 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12081 delete_breakpoint (b);
12084 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12086 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12089 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12090 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12091 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12094 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12096 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12098 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12099 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12100 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12102 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12104 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12106 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12107 delete_breakpoint (b);
12111 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12112 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12113 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12114 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12115 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12116 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12119 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12121 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12122 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12123 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12124 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12125 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12127 if (a->address != b->address)
12128 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12130 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12131 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12134 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12135 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12136 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12138 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12139 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12140 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12142 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12143 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12144 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12146 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12147 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12148 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12150 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12153 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12154 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12155 content of the bp_location array. */
12158 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12160 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12162 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12163 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12165 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12167 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12169 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12172 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12173 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12175 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12176 addr = bl->address - start;
12177 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12178 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12180 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12182 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12183 addr = end - bl->address;
12184 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12185 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12189 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12192 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12194 struct breakpoint *b;
12195 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12197 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12200 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12202 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12204 struct bp_location *bl;
12205 struct tracepoint *t;
12206 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12208 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12209 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12210 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12213 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12215 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12216 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12217 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12218 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12221 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12223 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12226 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12228 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12229 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12230 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12234 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12237 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12240 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12242 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12243 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12244 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12245 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12247 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12248 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12249 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12250 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12251 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12253 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12254 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12255 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12256 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12257 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12258 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12259 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12260 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12263 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12264 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12265 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12269 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12271 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12272 struct bp_location *loc;
12273 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12276 address = bl->address;
12277 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12279 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12280 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12281 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12283 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12284 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12287 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12288 the same program space as the location
12289 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12290 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12291 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12295 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12296 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12299 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12300 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12301 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12302 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12303 that have already been marked. */
12304 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12306 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12308 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12310 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12311 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12316 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12317 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12318 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12319 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12320 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12321 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12322 returns true on them.
12324 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12325 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12326 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12327 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12328 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12329 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12332 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12334 struct breakpoint *b;
12335 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12336 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12337 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12338 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12339 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12340 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12342 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12343 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12344 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12345 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12346 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12348 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12349 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12350 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12351 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12353 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12354 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12355 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12356 unsigned old_location_count;
12358 old_location = bp_location;
12359 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12360 bp_location = NULL;
12361 bp_location_count = 0;
12362 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12365 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12366 bp_location_count++;
12368 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12369 locp = bp_location;
12370 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12371 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12373 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12374 bp_location_compare);
12376 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12378 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12379 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12380 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12381 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12382 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12385 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12386 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12388 locp = bp_location;
12389 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12392 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12393 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12395 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12396 not, we have to free it. */
12397 int found_object = 0;
12398 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12399 int keep_in_target = 0;
12402 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12403 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12404 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12405 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12409 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12410 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12413 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12414 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12415 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12417 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12418 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12419 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12421 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12422 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12425 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12429 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12430 have to go through updates again. */
12431 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12433 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12435 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12437 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12438 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12439 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12440 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12441 at certain location is not inserted. */
12443 if (old_loc->inserted)
12445 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12448 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12450 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12451 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12452 keep_in_target = 1;
12456 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12457 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12458 remove its target-side condition. */
12460 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12461 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12462 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12463 this one from the target. */
12465 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12466 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12469 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12470 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12473 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12475 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12477 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12478 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12479 supported, but the latter are. */
12480 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12482 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12483 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12486 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12487 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12489 if (loc2 != old_loc
12490 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12492 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12493 keep_in_target = 1;
12501 if (!keep_in_target)
12503 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12505 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12506 this location on the global list, and try to
12507 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12508 reason why we will succeed next time.
12510 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12511 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12512 only after calling us. */
12513 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12514 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12515 old_loc->owner->number);
12523 if (removed && non_stop
12524 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12525 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12527 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12528 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12529 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12530 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12531 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12532 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12533 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12534 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12535 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12536 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12537 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12538 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12539 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12540 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12543 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12544 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12546 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12547 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12548 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12549 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12550 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12551 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12552 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12553 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12554 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12555 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12556 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12557 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12558 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12561 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12562 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12563 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12564 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12566 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12567 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12568 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12569 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12570 traps we can no longer explain. */
12572 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12573 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12575 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12579 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12580 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12585 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12586 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12587 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12588 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12589 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12590 are sorted first for the same address.
12592 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12593 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12595 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12596 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12597 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12598 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12599 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12601 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12603 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12606 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12607 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12608 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12609 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12610 `struct bp_location'. */
12611 || is_tracepoint (b))
12613 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12614 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12618 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12619 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12620 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12621 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12622 "actually inserted"));
12624 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12625 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12626 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12627 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12628 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12629 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12631 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12633 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12634 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12635 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12637 *loc_first_p = loc;
12638 loc->duplicate = 0;
12640 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12642 loc->needs_update = 1;
12643 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12644 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12650 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12651 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12652 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12654 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12655 loc->duplicate = 1;
12657 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12658 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12660 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12661 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12662 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12663 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12664 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12667 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12668 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12669 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12672 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12675 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12676 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12677 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12679 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12684 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12686 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12690 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12692 struct bp_location *loc;
12695 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12696 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12698 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12699 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12705 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12707 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12709 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12710 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12713 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12716 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12720 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12721 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12723 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12724 bs->old_val = NULL;
12725 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12729 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12731 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12733 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12735 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12739 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12743 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12745 struct value_print_options opts;
12747 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12749 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12751 if (b->loc == NULL)
12753 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12757 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12759 printf_filtered (" at ");
12760 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12763 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12765 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12767 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12768 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12769 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12770 b->loc->line_number);
12772 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12773 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12774 real situation somewhat. */
12775 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12780 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12782 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12784 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12789 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12792 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12794 xfree (self->cond);
12795 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12796 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12797 xfree (self->function_name);
12799 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12800 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12803 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12808 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12812 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12814 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12815 xfree (self->cond_string);
12816 xfree (self->extra_string);
12817 xfree (self->addr_string);
12818 xfree (self->filter);
12819 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12822 static struct bp_location *
12823 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12825 struct bp_location *loc;
12827 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12828 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12833 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12835 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12838 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12839 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12842 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12844 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12848 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12850 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12854 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12855 struct address_space *aspace,
12857 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12859 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12863 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12868 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12872 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12874 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12877 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12881 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12883 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12886 static enum print_stop_action
12887 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12889 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12893 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12894 struct ui_out *uiout)
12900 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12902 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12906 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12908 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12912 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12913 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12914 enum bptype type_wanted,
12918 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12922 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12923 struct linespec_result *c,
12925 char *extra_string,
12926 enum bptype type_wanted,
12927 enum bpdisp disposition,
12929 int task, int ignore_count,
12930 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12931 int from_tty, int enabled,
12932 int internal, unsigned flags)
12934 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12938 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12939 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12941 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12944 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12947 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12952 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12955 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12957 /* Nothing to do. */
12960 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12962 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12963 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12964 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12965 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12966 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12967 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12968 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12969 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12970 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12971 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12973 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12974 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12975 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12976 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12977 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12978 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12979 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12980 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12983 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12986 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12988 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12989 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12991 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12992 delete_breakpoint (b);
12996 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13000 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13002 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13003 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13006 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13011 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13013 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13014 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13016 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13020 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13021 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13022 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13024 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13025 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13028 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13032 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13033 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13034 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13041 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13043 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13048 static enum print_stop_action
13049 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13051 struct breakpoint *b;
13052 const struct bp_location *bl;
13054 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13056 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13058 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13059 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13061 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13062 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13063 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13066 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13068 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13070 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13071 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13073 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13074 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13075 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13077 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13078 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13080 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13084 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13091 case bp_breakpoint:
13092 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13093 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13094 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13096 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13097 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13098 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13099 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13101 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13102 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13105 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13113 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13115 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13116 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13117 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13118 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13119 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13120 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13121 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13122 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13125 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13126 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13128 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13129 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13133 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13134 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13135 enum bptype type_wanted,
13136 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13138 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13139 addr_start, copy_arg);
13143 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13144 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13146 char *extra_string,
13147 enum bptype type_wanted,
13148 enum bpdisp disposition,
13150 int task, int ignore_count,
13151 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13152 int from_tty, int enabled,
13153 int internal, unsigned flags)
13155 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13156 cond_string, extra_string,
13158 disposition, thread, task,
13159 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13160 enabled, internal, flags);
13164 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13165 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13167 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13170 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13173 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13177 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13178 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13179 case bp_overlay_event:
13180 case bp_longjmp_master:
13181 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13182 case bp_exception_master:
13183 delete_breakpoint (b);
13186 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13187 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13188 case bp_shlib_event:
13190 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13191 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13192 case bp_thread_event:
13198 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13200 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13202 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13203 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13204 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13205 objects (among other things). */
13206 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13207 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13213 static enum print_stop_action
13214 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13216 struct breakpoint *b;
13218 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13222 case bp_shlib_event:
13223 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13224 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13225 to shlib event" message.) */
13226 print_solib_event (0);
13229 case bp_thread_event:
13230 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13231 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13232 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13235 case bp_overlay_event:
13236 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13237 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13240 case bp_longjmp_master:
13241 /* These should never be enabled. */
13242 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13245 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13246 /* These should never be enabled. */
13247 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13248 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13251 case bp_exception_master:
13252 /* These should never be enabled. */
13253 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13254 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13258 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13262 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13264 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13267 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13270 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13272 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13273 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13274 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13275 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13279 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13281 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13284 static enum print_stop_action
13285 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13287 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13289 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13291 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13296 ui_out_field_string
13298 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13302 ui_out_field_string
13304 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13309 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13313 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13315 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13318 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13320 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13321 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13324 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13326 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13329 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13331 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13334 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13337 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13339 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13343 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13345 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13354 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13356 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13357 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13361 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13365 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13366 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13367 enum bptype type_wanted,
13368 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13370 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13372 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13374 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13375 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13377 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13381 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13382 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13384 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13386 error (_("probe not found"));
13389 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13392 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13394 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13398 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13399 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13400 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13402 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13408 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13409 struct ui_out *uiout)
13411 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13412 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13414 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13416 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13417 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13418 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13419 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13424 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13426 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13431 case bp_tracepoint:
13432 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13433 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13435 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13436 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13437 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13439 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13440 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13441 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13444 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13445 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13452 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13454 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13456 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13457 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13458 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13459 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13460 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13461 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13463 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13464 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13466 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13467 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13469 if (tp->pass_count)
13470 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13474 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13475 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13476 enum bptype type_wanted,
13477 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13479 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13480 addr_start, copy_arg);
13484 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13485 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13487 char *extra_string,
13488 enum bptype type_wanted,
13489 enum bpdisp disposition,
13491 int task, int ignore_count,
13492 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13493 int from_tty, int enabled,
13494 int internal, unsigned flags)
13496 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13497 cond_string, extra_string,
13499 disposition, thread, task,
13500 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13501 enabled, internal, flags);
13505 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13506 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13508 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13511 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13513 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13517 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13518 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13519 enum bptype type_wanted,
13520 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13522 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13523 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13524 addr_start, copy_arg);
13528 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13529 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13531 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13532 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13535 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13537 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13540 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13542 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13544 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13545 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13546 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13547 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13549 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13550 error (_("Format string required"));
13552 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13553 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13554 3 - disconnect from target 1
13555 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13557 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13558 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13559 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13560 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13561 it all the time. */
13562 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13563 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13566 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13569 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13573 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13576 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13579 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13580 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13581 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13582 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13583 address are all handled. */
13586 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13588 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13589 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13590 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13592 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13593 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13594 condition not be evaluated. */
13597 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13598 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13599 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13600 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13601 commands here throws. */
13602 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13603 bs->commands = NULL;
13604 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13606 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13608 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13609 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13611 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13614 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13618 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13619 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13620 enum bptype type_wanted,
13621 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13623 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13625 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13627 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13629 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13630 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13631 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13635 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13636 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13638 char *extra_string,
13639 enum bptype type_wanted,
13640 enum bpdisp disposition,
13642 int task, int ignore_count,
13643 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13644 int from_tty, int enabled,
13645 int internal, unsigned flags)
13648 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13649 canonical->sals, 0);
13651 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13652 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13653 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13654 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13655 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13656 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13658 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13660 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13661 struct tracepoint *tp;
13662 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13665 expanded.nelts = 1;
13666 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13668 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13669 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13671 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13672 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13674 cond_string, extra_string,
13675 type_wanted, disposition,
13676 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13677 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13678 canonical->special_display);
13679 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13680 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13681 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13682 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13683 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13684 corresponds to this one */
13685 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13687 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13689 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13694 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13695 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13697 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13699 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13700 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13702 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13706 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13709 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13712 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13714 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13717 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13721 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13723 struct breakpoint *b;
13725 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13727 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13728 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13731 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13732 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13733 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13734 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13735 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13738 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13739 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13740 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13741 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13743 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13746 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13747 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13748 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13750 struct breakpoint *related;
13751 struct watchpoint *w;
13753 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13754 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13755 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13756 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13760 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13762 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13763 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13764 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13765 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13766 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13769 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13770 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13771 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13772 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13774 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13776 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13777 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13779 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13780 if (b->next == bpt)
13782 b->next = bpt->next;
13786 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13788 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13789 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13790 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13791 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13792 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13793 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13794 commands won't work. */
13796 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13798 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13799 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13800 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13801 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13802 might be better design to have location completely
13803 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13804 update_global_location_list (0);
13806 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13807 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13808 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13809 bpt->type = bp_none;
13814 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13816 delete_breakpoint (b);
13820 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13822 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13825 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13826 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13829 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13830 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13834 struct breakpoint *related;
13839 struct breakpoint *next;
13841 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13842 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13844 if (next == related)
13846 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13847 function (related, data);
13849 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13850 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13855 function (related, data);
13859 while (related != b);
13863 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13865 delete_breakpoint (b);
13868 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13869 delete_breakpoint. */
13872 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13874 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13878 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13880 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13886 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13888 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13889 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13890 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13891 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13892 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13894 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13898 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13900 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13902 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13903 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13904 delete_breakpoint (b);
13908 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13912 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13914 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13915 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13916 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13921 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13922 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13923 Null names are ignored. */
13926 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13928 struct bp_location *l;
13929 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13930 (int (*) (const void *,
13931 const void *)) streq,
13932 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13934 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13937 const char *name = l->function_name;
13939 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13943 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13945 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13949 htab_delete (htab);
13955 htab_delete (htab);
13959 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13960 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13961 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13962 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13963 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13964 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13965 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13966 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13969 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13970 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13971 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13972 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13973 in the sources, and output a warning.
13975 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13976 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13977 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13978 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13979 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13982 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13983 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13984 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13985 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13986 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13987 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13988 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13989 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13990 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13992 static struct symtab_and_line
13993 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13995 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13996 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14001 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14003 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14005 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14006 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14008 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14010 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14011 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14012 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14017 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14019 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14021 && sal.symtab != NULL
14022 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14024 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14027 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14029 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14031 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14032 struct symbol *sym;
14033 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14034 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14036 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14038 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14039 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14041 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14042 "found at previous line number"),
14043 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14047 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14049 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14050 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14051 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14054 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14055 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14056 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14058 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14059 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14060 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14062 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14064 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14066 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14069 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14070 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14072 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14073 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14075 xfree (b->addr_string);
14076 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14077 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14078 b->loc->line_number);
14080 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14083 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14089 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14090 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14093 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14097 if (a->address != b->address)
14100 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14103 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14110 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14116 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14117 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14118 a ranged breakpoint. */
14121 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14122 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14123 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14126 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14128 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14130 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14132 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14133 update_global_location_list (1);
14134 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14135 "multiple locations found\n"),
14140 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14141 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14142 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14143 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14144 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14145 individual locations. */
14146 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14151 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14153 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14155 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14157 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14159 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14161 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14164 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14166 s = b->cond_string;
14167 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14169 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14170 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14175 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14176 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14177 b->number, e.message);
14178 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14182 if (sals_end.nelts)
14184 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14186 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14190 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14191 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14192 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14194 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14197 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14198 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14199 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14200 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14201 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14202 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14203 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14205 for (; e; e = e->next)
14207 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14209 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14210 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14212 for (; l; l = l->next)
14213 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14221 for (; l; l = l->next)
14222 if (l->function_name
14223 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14233 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14234 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14236 update_global_location_list (1);
14239 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14240 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14242 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14243 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14246 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14247 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14249 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14252 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14254 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14258 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14259 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14260 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14261 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14262 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14263 state, then user already saw the message about that
14264 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14266 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14267 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14268 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14269 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14270 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14271 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14273 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14275 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14276 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14277 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14278 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14279 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14280 which approach is better. */
14281 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14282 throw_exception (e);
14286 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14290 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14291 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14292 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14294 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14297 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14298 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14301 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14302 b->thread = thread;
14305 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14306 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14309 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14310 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14320 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14321 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14325 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14328 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14329 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14330 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14332 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14335 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14339 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14341 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14344 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14345 expanded_end = sals_end;
14349 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14352 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14353 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14356 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14357 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14358 enum bptype type_wanted,
14359 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14361 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14364 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14365 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14369 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14370 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14372 char *extra_string,
14373 enum bptype type_wanted,
14374 enum bpdisp disposition,
14376 int task, int ignore_count,
14377 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14378 int from_tty, int enabled,
14379 int internal, unsigned flags)
14381 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14383 type_wanted, disposition,
14384 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14385 enabled, internal, flags);
14388 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14389 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14392 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14393 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14395 struct linespec_result canonical;
14397 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14398 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14399 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14400 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14403 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14404 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14406 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14408 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14410 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14411 *sals = lsal->sals;
14412 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14414 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14417 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14420 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14422 static struct cleanup *
14423 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14425 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14427 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14428 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14429 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14430 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14431 set_language (b->language);
14436 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14437 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14438 Unused in this case. */
14441 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14443 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14444 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14445 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14447 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14448 b->ops->re_set (b);
14449 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14453 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14455 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14457 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14458 enum language save_language;
14459 int save_input_radix;
14460 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14462 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14463 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14464 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14466 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14468 /* Format possible error msg. */
14469 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14471 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14472 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14473 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14475 set_language (save_language);
14476 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14478 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14480 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14482 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14483 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14484 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14485 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14488 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14490 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14491 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14493 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14495 if (b->thread != -1)
14497 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14498 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14500 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14501 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14502 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14504 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14508 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14509 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14510 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14513 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14515 struct breakpoint *b;
14520 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14521 if (b->number == bptnum)
14523 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14525 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14526 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14531 b->ignore_count = count;
14535 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14536 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14538 else if (count == 1)
14539 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14542 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14543 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14546 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14550 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14553 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14556 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14562 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14564 num = get_number (&p);
14566 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14568 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14570 set_ignore_count (num,
14571 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14574 printf_filtered ("\n");
14577 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14578 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14581 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14586 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14588 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14591 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14593 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14595 while (!state.finished)
14597 char *p = state.string;
14601 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14604 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14608 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14609 if (b->number == num)
14612 function (b, data);
14616 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14621 static struct bp_location *
14622 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14624 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14628 struct breakpoint *b;
14629 struct bp_location *loc;
14634 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14636 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14638 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14639 if (b->number == bp_num)
14644 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14645 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14648 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14650 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14654 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14657 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14663 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14664 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14665 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14668 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14670 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14671 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14672 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14673 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14676 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14677 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14680 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14682 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14683 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14685 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14686 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14688 struct bp_location *location;
14690 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14691 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14694 update_global_location_list (0);
14696 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14699 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14702 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14704 disable_breakpoint (b);
14707 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14708 disable_breakpoint. */
14711 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14713 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14717 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14721 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14724 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14725 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14729 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14733 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14735 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14742 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14744 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14745 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14746 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14747 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14749 update_global_location_list (0);
14752 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14753 num = extract_arg (&args);
14759 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14762 int target_resources_ok;
14764 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14767 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14768 target_resources_ok =
14769 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14771 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14772 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14773 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14774 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14777 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14779 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14780 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14781 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14783 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14785 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14787 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14788 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14789 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14793 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14794 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14800 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14801 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14803 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14805 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14806 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14808 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14809 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14811 struct bp_location *location;
14813 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14814 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14817 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14818 bpt->enable_count = count;
14819 update_global_location_list (1);
14821 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14826 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14828 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14832 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14834 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14837 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14838 enable_breakpoint. */
14841 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14843 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14846 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14847 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14848 in stopping the inferior. */
14851 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14855 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14857 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14858 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14859 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14863 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14867 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14869 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14876 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14878 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14879 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14880 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14881 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14883 update_global_location_list (1);
14886 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14887 num = extract_arg (&args);
14892 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14902 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14904 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14906 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14910 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14912 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14914 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14918 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14920 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14924 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14926 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14928 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14932 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14934 int count = get_number (&args);
14936 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14940 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14942 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14944 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14948 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14950 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14954 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14959 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14963 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14964 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14968 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14969 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14970 const bfd_byte *data)
14972 struct breakpoint *bp;
14974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14975 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14976 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14978 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14980 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14982 struct bp_location *loc;
14984 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14985 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14986 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14987 && addr + len > loc->address)
14989 value_free (wp->val);
14997 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14998 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14999 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15000 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15004 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15005 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
15007 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
15009 bp_tgt = XCNEW (struct bp_target_info);
15011 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
15012 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
15014 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
15016 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15024 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15025 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15028 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
15030 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
15033 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
15039 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
15042 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
15043 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
15045 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15048 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15049 struct address_space *aspace,
15054 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
15056 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
15057 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
15061 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15062 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15063 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15066 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15067 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15068 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15069 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15070 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15071 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15073 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15074 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15075 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15076 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15079 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15080 were inserted or not. */
15083 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15085 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15086 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15089 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15092 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15094 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15096 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15098 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15099 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15100 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15101 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15103 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15105 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15106 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15107 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15108 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15112 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15113 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15114 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15118 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15122 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15123 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15125 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15126 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15127 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15131 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15135 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15139 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15140 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15141 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15142 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15145 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15149 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15154 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15156 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15158 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15159 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15167 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15168 non-zero otherwise. */
15170 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15172 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15173 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15174 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15181 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15183 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15184 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15186 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15190 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15192 struct breakpoint *bp;
15194 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15195 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15197 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15199 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15203 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15205 if (syscall_number == iter)
15215 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15216 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15217 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15218 const char *text, const char *word)
15220 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15221 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15222 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15228 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15230 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15232 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15234 tracepoint_count = num;
15235 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15239 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15241 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15242 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15244 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15245 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15247 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15249 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15251 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15253 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15254 0 /* Ignore count */,
15255 pending_break_support,
15259 0 /* internal */, 0);
15263 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15265 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15267 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15269 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15270 0 /* Ignore count */,
15271 pending_break_support,
15272 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15275 0 /* internal */, 0);
15278 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15281 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15283 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15285 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15286 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15287 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15288 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15290 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15292 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15294 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15296 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15297 0 /* Ignore count */,
15298 pending_break_support,
15302 0 /* internal */, 0);
15305 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15306 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15308 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15309 static int next_cmd;
15312 read_uploaded_action (void)
15316 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15323 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15324 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15325 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15326 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15327 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15329 struct tracepoint *
15330 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15332 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15333 struct tracepoint *tp;
15335 if (utp->at_string)
15336 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15339 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15340 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15341 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15343 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15344 "source location, using raw address"),
15346 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15347 addr_str = small_buf;
15350 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15351 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15352 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15353 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15356 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15358 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15359 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15361 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15362 0 /* Ignore count */,
15363 pending_break_support,
15364 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15366 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15368 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15371 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15372 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15373 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15377 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15380 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15383 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15384 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15385 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15387 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15389 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15394 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15396 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15398 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15399 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15400 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15401 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15404 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15405 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15406 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15411 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15415 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15417 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15420 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15422 if (num_printed == 0)
15424 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15425 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15427 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15430 default_collect_info ();
15433 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15434 Not supported by all targets. */
15436 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15438 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15441 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15442 Not supported by all targets. */
15444 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15446 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15449 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15451 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15453 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15459 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15461 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15462 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15463 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15465 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15466 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15468 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15472 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15474 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15477 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15478 delete_breakpoint (b);
15482 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15485 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15488 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15490 tp->pass_count = count;
15491 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15493 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15494 tp->base.number, count);
15497 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15499 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15500 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15501 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15504 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15506 struct tracepoint *t1;
15507 unsigned int count;
15509 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15510 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15511 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15513 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15515 args = skip_spaces (args);
15516 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15518 struct breakpoint *b;
15520 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15522 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15524 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15526 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15527 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15530 else if (*args == '\0')
15532 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15534 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15538 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15540 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15541 while (!state.finished)
15543 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15545 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15550 struct tracepoint *
15551 get_tracepoint (int num)
15553 struct breakpoint *t;
15555 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15556 if (t->number == num)
15557 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15562 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15563 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15566 struct tracepoint *
15567 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15569 struct breakpoint *b;
15571 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15573 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15575 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15582 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15583 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15584 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15585 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15587 struct tracepoint *
15588 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15589 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15591 struct breakpoint *t;
15593 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15597 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15598 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15600 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15601 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15603 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15607 if (instring && *instring)
15608 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15611 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15615 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15616 if (t->number == tpnum)
15618 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15621 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15626 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15628 if (b->thread != -1)
15629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15632 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15634 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15637 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15638 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15639 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15643 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15644 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15646 struct breakpoint *tp;
15648 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15649 struct ui_file *fp;
15650 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15652 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15653 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15655 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15658 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15659 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15662 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15663 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15668 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15670 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15672 /* We can stop searching. */
15679 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15683 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15684 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15685 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15687 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15688 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15689 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15691 if (extra_trace_bits)
15692 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15694 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15696 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15697 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15700 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15701 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15704 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15706 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15707 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15710 if (tp->cond_string)
15711 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15713 if (tp->ignore_count)
15714 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15716 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15718 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15720 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15722 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15723 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15725 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15727 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15730 throw_exception (ex);
15732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15735 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15736 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15738 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15739 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15740 special, and not user visible. */
15741 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15743 struct bp_location *loc;
15746 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15748 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15752 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15756 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15757 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15760 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15763 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15765 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15768 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15771 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15773 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15776 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15778 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15779 all_tracepoints (void)
15781 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15782 struct breakpoint *tp;
15784 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15786 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15793 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15794 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15795 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15797 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15798 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15799 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15800 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15801 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15802 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15803 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15804 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15805 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15806 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15807 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15809 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15810 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15812 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15813 conditions are different.\n\
15815 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15817 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15818 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15820 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15821 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15824 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15825 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15826 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15827 completer_ftype *completer,
15828 void *user_data_catch,
15829 void *user_data_tcatch)
15831 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15833 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15835 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15836 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15837 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15839 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15841 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15842 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15843 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15847 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15849 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15850 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15852 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15853 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15854 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15858 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15860 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15861 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15862 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15865 struct breakpoint *
15866 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15869 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15871 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15873 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15880 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15881 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15884 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15886 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15887 non-inline function. */
15888 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15894 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15895 have been inlined. */
15898 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15899 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15901 struct breakpoint *b;
15902 struct bp_location *bl;
15904 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15906 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15909 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15911 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15912 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15920 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15923 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15925 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15928 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15929 loc->symtab = NULL;
15933 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15935 static int initialized = 0;
15937 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15943 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15944 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15945 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15946 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15947 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15948 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15949 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15950 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15951 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15952 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15953 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15954 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15956 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15957 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15958 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15959 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15960 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15961 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15962 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15963 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15965 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15966 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15967 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15968 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15969 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15970 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15971 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15972 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15973 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15974 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15976 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15977 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15978 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15979 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15980 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15981 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15982 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15984 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15985 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15986 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15987 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15988 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15989 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15990 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15992 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15993 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15994 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15995 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15997 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15998 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15999 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16000 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16001 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16002 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16003 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16006 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16007 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16008 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16009 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16010 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16011 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16012 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16013 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16014 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16015 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16016 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16017 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16018 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16019 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16021 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16022 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16023 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16024 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16025 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16026 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16027 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16028 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16029 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16030 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16031 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16034 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16035 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16036 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16037 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16038 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16039 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16040 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16041 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16042 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16043 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16045 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16046 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16047 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16048 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16049 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16051 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16052 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16053 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16054 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16055 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16056 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16058 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16059 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16060 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16061 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16062 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16063 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16064 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16065 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16066 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16067 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16069 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16070 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16071 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16072 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16073 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16074 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16075 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16076 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16077 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16078 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16080 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16081 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16082 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16083 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16084 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16085 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16086 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16087 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16088 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16089 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16090 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16092 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16093 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16094 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16095 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16096 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16097 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16098 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16099 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16100 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16101 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16102 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16104 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16105 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16106 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16107 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16108 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16109 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16110 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16111 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16112 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16113 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16114 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16115 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16117 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16118 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16119 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16120 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16121 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16122 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16123 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16124 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16127 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16129 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16132 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16134 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16136 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16138 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16139 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16140 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16141 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16143 breakpoint_objfile_key
16144 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16146 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16147 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16148 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16150 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16151 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16152 before a breakpoint is set. */
16153 breakpoint_count = 0;
16155 tracepoint_count = 0;
16157 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16158 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16159 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16161 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16163 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16164 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16165 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16166 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16167 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16168 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16169 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16170 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16172 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16173 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16174 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16175 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16176 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16178 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16179 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16180 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16181 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16182 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16184 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16185 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16187 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16188 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16189 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16190 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16192 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16193 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16195 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16196 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16197 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16198 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16200 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16201 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16203 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16204 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16205 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16206 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16207 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16208 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16209 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16211 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16212 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16213 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16214 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16215 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16216 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16218 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16220 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16221 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16222 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16223 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16224 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16225 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16227 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16228 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16229 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16232 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16233 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16234 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16237 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16238 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16239 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16240 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16243 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16244 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16245 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16248 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16249 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16250 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16253 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16254 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16255 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16256 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16259 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16260 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16261 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16262 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16263 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16264 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16265 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16266 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16268 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16269 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16270 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16271 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16272 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16274 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16275 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16276 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16277 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16278 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16279 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16282 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16283 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16284 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16285 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16287 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16288 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16289 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16290 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16291 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16293 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16294 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16295 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16296 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16298 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16299 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16300 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16301 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16302 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16305 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16306 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16307 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16308 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16309 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16310 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16312 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16313 is executing in.\n\
16315 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16316 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16318 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16319 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16320 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16321 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16323 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16324 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16325 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16326 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16329 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16333 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16334 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16335 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16336 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16337 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16338 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16339 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16340 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16341 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16342 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16343 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16344 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16345 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16346 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16347 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16348 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16350 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16351 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16352 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16353 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16354 breakpoint set."));
16357 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16358 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16359 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16360 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16361 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16362 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16363 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16364 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16365 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16367 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16368 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16369 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16370 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16371 breakpoint set."));
16373 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16376 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16377 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16378 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16379 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16380 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16381 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16382 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16383 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16384 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16386 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16387 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16388 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16389 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16390 breakpoint set."));
16392 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16393 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16394 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16395 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16396 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16397 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16398 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16399 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16400 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16401 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16402 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16403 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16404 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16406 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16407 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16408 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16409 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16411 &maintenanceinfolist);
16413 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16414 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16415 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16416 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16418 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16419 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16420 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16421 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16423 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16424 catch_fork_command_1,
16426 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16427 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16428 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16429 catch_fork_command_1,
16431 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16432 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16433 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16434 catch_exec_command_1,
16438 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16439 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16440 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16441 catch_load_command_1,
16445 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16446 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16447 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16448 catch_unload_command_1,
16452 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16453 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16454 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16455 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16456 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16457 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16458 catch_syscall_command_1,
16459 catch_syscall_completer,
16463 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16464 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16465 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16466 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16467 an expression changes.\n\
16468 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16469 the memory to which it refers."));
16470 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16472 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16473 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16474 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16475 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16476 an expression is read.\n\
16477 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16478 the memory to which it refers."));
16479 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16481 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16482 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16483 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16484 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16485 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16486 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16487 the memory to which it refers."));
16488 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16490 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16491 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16493 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16494 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16495 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16496 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16497 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16498 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16499 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16500 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16501 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16504 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16505 &setlist, &showlist);
16507 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16509 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16511 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16512 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16514 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16515 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16516 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16518 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16519 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16520 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16521 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16523 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16524 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16526 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16527 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16528 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16530 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16531 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16533 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16534 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16535 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16536 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16537 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16538 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16539 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16540 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16541 the selected stack frame.\n\
16542 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16543 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16544 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16545 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16547 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16549 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16550 conditions are different.\n\
16552 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16553 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16554 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16556 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16557 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16558 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16559 last tracepoint set."));
16561 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16563 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16564 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16565 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16566 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16568 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16570 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16571 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16572 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16573 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16575 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16577 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16578 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16579 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16580 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16582 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16584 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16585 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16586 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16587 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16588 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16590 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16591 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16592 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16593 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16595 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16596 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16597 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16598 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16599 session to restore them."),
16601 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16603 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16604 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16605 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16607 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16609 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16610 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16612 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16613 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16614 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16615 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16616 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16617 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16618 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16619 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16620 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16621 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16622 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16623 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16625 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16626 &pending_break_support, _("\
16627 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16628 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16629 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16630 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16631 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16632 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16634 show_pending_break_support,
16635 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16636 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16638 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16640 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16641 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16642 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16643 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16644 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16645 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16646 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16648 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16649 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16650 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16652 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16653 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16654 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16655 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16656 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16657 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16658 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16659 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16660 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16661 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16662 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16663 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16665 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16666 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16667 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16669 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16670 condition_evaluation_enums,
16671 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16672 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16673 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16674 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16675 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16676 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16677 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16678 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16679 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16680 be set to \"gdb\""),
16681 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16682 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16683 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16684 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16686 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16687 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16688 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16689 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16690 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16691 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16692 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16693 or the start of the range\n\
16694 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16695 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16696 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16698 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16699 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16700 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16702 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16703 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16704 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16705 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16706 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16707 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16708 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16710 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16711 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16712 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16713 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16714 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16715 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16716 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16717 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16718 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16719 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16720 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16721 &setlist, &showlist);
16723 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16724 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16725 &dprintf_function, _("\
16726 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16727 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16728 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16729 &setlist, &showlist);
16731 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16732 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16733 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16734 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16735 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16736 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16737 &setlist, &showlist);
16739 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16740 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16741 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16742 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16743 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16744 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16747 &setlist, &showlist);
16749 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16750 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16751 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16753 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16755 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16756 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);